Sharp SH-05F User Guide

INSTRUCTION MANUAL

’14.5

Introduction

SH-05F
(includes warranty)

Magic Mirror Stand (sample)

(includes user’s guide)

Notes on usage
(in Japanese only)

Thank you for purchasing “SH-05F”.
Be sure to read this manual before and during use to ensure proper operation.

Checking operation method

Quick Start Guide (Basic package)
(in Japanese only)

This guide describes operations of basic functions.

User’s Manual (App of the handset)
(in Japanese only)

This manual describes detailed guidance and
operations of functions.
In the home screen, [APPS]/[Instruction Manual]

To display help: [z]/[本アプリの使いかた] (How to
use this app)

User’s Manual (in PDF format)

This manual describes detailed guidance and
operations of functions.
Download from the DOCOMO website

(https://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/support/

trouble/manual/download/index.html)

※ The URL and contents are subject to change without

prior notice.

The screens and illustrations in this manual are shown as

examples. The actual screens and illustrations may differ.

The explanations in this manual are based on the case when

the home app is 3-Line Home and Magical Theme Settings is
set to [Thru the Mirror]. If you change the home app, operation
procedures etc. may be different from the explanations of this
manual.

Note that “SH-05F” is referred to as “handset” in this manual.
This manual refers to microSD Card, microSDHC Card or

microSDXC Card as “microSD Card” or “microSD”.

Reproduction of this manual in part or in whole without prior

permission is prohibited.

The contents of this manual are subject to change without

prior notice.

Basic package

Quick Start Guide
(in Japanese only)

Welcome Card

For optional parts (sold separately) compatible with the handset,

refer to the DOCOMO website.

(https://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/product/option/) (in Japanese only)

Contents

Using the handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3

Precautions (ALWAYS FOLLOW THESE DIRECTIONS). . . .4

Handling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8

Waterproof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Before Using the Handset

Part names and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

docomo mini UIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Turning power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

Basic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

Character entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Changing screen display to English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Initial settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Incoming/Charging lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Screen display/Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

Home screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Quick Launcher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30

Recent Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Magical Theme Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

Home applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

docomo LIVE UX

Home screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

App screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Installing recommended apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

My magazine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Information on apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Call

Making a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Receiving a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Operation during a call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36

Outgoing/Incoming call history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Voice/Answering memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Call settings/Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39

Mail/Browser

docomo mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

SMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41

Email . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gmail

Early Warning “Area Mail” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Apps

dmenu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

dmarket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Disney Market. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Play Store . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Osaifu-Keitai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Mobacas/TV (Full-Seg/1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Translation apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Album . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Media Player. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

GPS/Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

YouTube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Hangouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Alarm/Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Schedule. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

SH tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

microSD backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

docomo backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Handset Settings

Setting menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Battery & energy saving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Useful . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Data usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

More . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

docomo service/cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Location services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Lock & security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Language & input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Backup & reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Date & time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Accessibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Device info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

File Management

Storage structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Contents Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

43

Data Communication

iC communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

®

Bluetooth

NFC communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

1

Contents/Precautions

External Device Connection

PC connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Wireless print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

Home network settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

USB host function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83

Wireless output (Miracast) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

FM transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

Cooperating with Blu-ray Disc recorder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

VPN (Virtual Private Network) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

International Roaming

Outline of international roaming (WORLD WING). . . . . . . . .86

Available services overseas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Before use overseas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Settings for use overseas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Making/Receiving a call in your country of stay . . . . . . 87

Setting international roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Checking after homecoming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Appendix/Index

Troubleshooting (FAQ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89

Smartphone Anshin Remote Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Warranty and After-Sales Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Updating software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

Upgrading Android version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94

Main specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile Phones . . . . . . . .97

Export Administration Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Intellectual Property Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98

Unlocking SIM lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101

2

Contents/Precautions

Using the handset

The handset supports LTE, W-CDMA, GSM/GPRS and Wireless

LAN systems.

Because the handset relies on radio signals, it cannot be used in

a place with no signal (such as tunnels, underground or in
buildings), in places with a weak signal or outside the Xi service
area or FOMA service area. You may not use the handset in the
upper floors of a building even with no obstructions in sight.
There may also be times when the signal is strong and you are
not moving but the call is interrupted.

Because the handset uses radio waves, it is possible for a third

party to listen in on a conversation. However, since the LTE,
W-CDMA and GSM/GPRS systems automatically apply a private
call feature to every call, a third party that tries to listen in only
hears noise.

The handset converts conversations into a digital signal and

sends it to the other party over the radio. If the signal cannot be
reconverted properly by such as moving to an area with a weak
signal, the voice may not be heard correctly.

Take notes of information (e.g. the phonebook, calendar, note,

voice memo, answering memo) stored on the handset or save
the information to external memory devices such as microSD
Cards and PCs periodically. DOCOMO shall not be liable for any
loss of content due to a failure, repair, model change or other
handling of the handset.

As with PCs, some user-installed apps etc. may disrupt the

stability of your handset performance or unexpectedly transmit
information via the Internet causing improper use of your location
information and personal information stored on the handset.
Therefore, verify the supplier and operating conditions of the
apps to be used before using them.

The handset supports the FOMA Plus-Area and the FOMA

HIGH-SPEED Area.

When the available space on the microSD Card or the handset is

insufficient, apps in use may not work properly. In this case,
delete saved data.

The handset does not support i-mode functions (connection to

i-mode website (program), i-appli, etc.).

The handset does not support providers other than sp-mode,

mopera U and Business mopera Internet.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Profile] to check your

phone number (own number).

The handset does not support Public Mode (Drive Mode).
Setting the handset to the manner mode does not mute sounds

(camera shutter sound etc.) other than the ringtone, operation
sound, and various notification sounds.

The handset automatically performs communication for some

functions, for example, to synchronize data, check the latest
software version or maintain connection with the server. Also,
making a communication with large-volume data such as
downloading apps or watching videos will lead to higher packet
communication charges. Subscription to flat-rate packet
communication services is highly recommended.

Even while the Wi-Fi connection is set, packet communication

charges may be incurred depending on the app and service you
use.

Software on the handset can be updated to up-to-date status

(nP. 92 “Updating software”).

For details on software version of your handset nP. 75 “Device

info”

New functions may be added to the handset or the operation

method may change by upgrading the OS version. Check the
DOCOMO website for the latest information of additions and
changes.

If the OS is upgraded, some apps used in the previous OS

version may not be available or some unintended bugs may
occur.

Secure the security of the handset by setting Screen lock in case

you lose it (nP. 71 “Lock & security”).

If your handset is lost, change your password for each account

using a PC to prevent other persons from using Google services
such as Gmail and Google Play
and mixi.

Apps and their service contents are subject to change without

prior notice.

Read the terms of service of Google Inc. for details on Google

services. Also, read each terms of service for details on other
web services.

Subscription to sp-mode is required to use tethering.
Packet communication charges when using tethering differ

according to your payment plans. Subscription to flat-rate packet
communication services is highly recommended.

Since Mobacas is a service that collaborates with

communications, packet communication charges are incurred
when using this service. Subscription to flat-rate packet
communication services is recommended.

For details on usage fees etc., refer to the following website.

(https://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/) (in Japanese only)

The display is manufactured using high-precision technology, but

it may contain dots that fail to light or that remain permanently lit
on some areas. This is a characteristic of LCD and not a
malfunction.

The battery is built into the handset and you cannot replace it by

yourself.

Note that DOCOMO shall not guarantee operation of

commercially available optional parts.

™

, and services such as Twitter

3

Contents/Precautions

Precautions (ALWAYS FOLLOW

Danger

Warning

THESE DIRECTIONS)

Before use, read these “Precautions” carefully and use your

handset properly.
Keep this manual in a safe place for future reference.

These precautions contain information intended to prevent bodily

injury to the user and to surrounding people, as well as damage
to property, and must be observed at all times.

The following symbols indicate the different degrees of injury
or damage that may occur if information provided is not
observed and the handset is used improperly.

This symbol indicates that

Danger

Warning

Caution

The following symbols indicate specific directions.

Indicates a
prohibited action.

Indicates not to
disassemble the
device.

Indicates not to use
the device near
water or get it wet.

“Precautions” is explained in the following six sections.

Handling the handset, adapters and docomo mini UIM card

(general) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 4

Handling the handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 5

Handling adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 6

Handling docomo mini UIM card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 7

Handling near electronic medical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 7

Material list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 7

“death or serious bodily injury
may directly and immediately
result from improper use”.

This symbol indicates that
“death or serious bodily injury
may result from improper use”.

This symbol indicates that
“minor injury and/or property
damage may result from
improper use”.

Indicates not to
handle the device
with wet hands.

Indicates that
instructions
specified are
compulsory (must
be followed).

Indicates that the
power cord must be
unplugged from the
outlet.

Handling the handset, adapters and docomo
mini UIM card (general)

Do not use, store or leave the equipment in
locations subject to high temperatures (near a fire
or heating unit, in a kotatsu, under direct sunlight,
inside a vehicle on a hot day, etc.).

May cause fires, burns or bodily injury.

Do not place the equipment inside cooking
appliances such as microwave ovens or pressure
cookers.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the
equipment.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

Do not get the equipment wet with water, drinking
water, pet urine, sweat, etc.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.
Refer to the following for details on waterproofness.
nP. 10 “Waterproof”

Do not allow liquids (water, drinking water, pet
urine, sweat, etc.) to get inside the charger terminal
or external connector terminal.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

Use only optional parts specified by NTT DOCOMO
for use with the handset.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

Do not subject the equipment to strong force or
impacts or throw it.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

Do not allow conductive materials (such as metal
objects and pencil lead) to come into contact with
the charger terminal, external connector terminal or
earphone/microphone terminal. In addition, do not
insert such objects.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

Do not cover or wrap the equipment with bedding
etc. when using or charging.

May cause fires or burns.

Be sure to turn off the handset and not to charge
the battery in locations such as gas stations where
flammable gas is generated.

May cause a gas explosion or fire.
To use Osaifu-Keitai in locations such as gas stations, be
sure to turn off the power in advance (If NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
lock is set, disable the lock before turning off the power).

If you notice anything unusual, such as an unusual
odor, overheating, discoloration or deformation
during use, charging or storage, immediately follow
the instructions below.
Unplug the power plug from the outlet or

cigarette lighter socket.

Turn off the handset.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

4

Contents/Precautions

Caution

Do not leave the equipment on unstable surfaces,

Danger

Warning

such as on a wobbly table or sloped surface.

May fall and cause injury.

Do not store the equipment in locations that are
subject to humidity, dust or high temperatures.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

If being used by a child, have a guardian teach him/
her the proper handling procedures. In addition,
check that the child is using the equipment as
directed.

May result in bodily injury etc.

Keep the equipment out of the reach of young
children.

A young child may swallow the equipment or suffer bodily
injury etc.

Be very careful when using the handset connected
to an adapter continuously for a long time.

The handset or adapter may become warm if you watch TV
etc. for a long time while charging.
Touching high temperature areas for a long time may cause
skin irritations, itchiness or low-temperature burns in some
people.

Handling the handset

The following is the type of the internal battery built into the
handset.

Label Battery type

Li-ion00 Lithium-ion

Do not throw the handset into a fire or heat it.

The internal battery may catch fire, explode, overheat or
leak.

Do not apply excessive force on the handset such
as by puncturing it, hitting it with a hammer or
stepping on it.

The internal battery may catch fire, explode, overheat or
leak.

If the battery fluid etc. comes into contact with your
eyes, do not rub your eyes but immediately rinse
your eyes with clean water. Then seek prompt
medical treatment.

May result in loss of eyesight.

Do not point the illuminated light directly at
someone’s eyes. Especially when you shoot still
pictures or videos of young children, keep 1 m or
more distance from them.

Do not use Mobile light near people’s faces. Eyesight may
be temporarily affected leading to accidents.

Do not allow water or other liquids, metal,
flammable material or other foreign objects to enter
the docomo mini UIM card slot or microSD Card
slot on the handset.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

Do not shine the light at anyone driving a car or
other vehicles.

May prevent a driver from driving safely and cause a traffic
accident.

Turn off the handset in areas where the use of
mobile phones is prohibited, such as in aircraft or
hospitals.

May interfere with the operation of electronic devices and
electronic medical equipment.
Follow the instructions given by the respective medical
facilities regarding the use of mobile phones on their
premises.
Actions such as using a mobile phone aboard aircraft are
prohibited and punishable by law.
However, follow the instructions on use of the handset given
by the airline if the handset can be used aboard aircraft by
setting the handset not to emit radio wave etc.

Keep the handset away from the ears during a call
in which hands-free is set or while the ringtone is
ringing.
When you attach the earphone/microphone etc. to
the handset to play games, music, etc., do not
make the volume too loud.

Excessively high volume may damage your hearing.
Also, it may prevent you from hearing ambient sounds and
cause an accident.

If you have a weak heart, take extra precautions
when setting functions such as the vibrator and
ringtone volume for incoming calls.

May have harmful effects on your heart.

If you are using electronic medical equipment,
contact the respective manufacturer or dealer to
check whether the operation of the equipment is
affected by signals.

May interfere with the operation of electronic medical
equipment etc.

Turn off the handset near high-precision electronic
devices or devices that use weak electronic
signals.

May interfere with the operation of electronic devices.

Take particular care with the following devices

Hearing aids, implanted cardiac pacemakers, implanted
cardioverter-defibrillators or other electronic medical
equipment. Fire alarms, automatic doors, and other
equipment controlled by electronic signals. If you use an
implanted cardiac pacemaker, implanted
cardioverter-defibrillator or other electronic medical
equipment, contact the respective manufacturer or dealer to
check whether the operation of the equipment is affected by
signals.

If the display part or camera lens is damaged, be
careful of broken glass and the exposed inside of
the handset.

Tape is pasted on the back of the display while the surface
of the display is covered by a protective film and the surface
of the camera lens is covered by a plastic panel so as to
minimize the possibility of glass scattering. However,
touching the broken or exposed parts may cause bodily
injury.

If the internal battery leaks or emits an unusual
odor, immediately stop using the handset and
move it away from any naked flames or fire.

The battery fluid is flammable and could ignite, causing a
fire or explosion.

5

Contents/Precautions

Caution

Do not swing the handset by its antenna, strap, etc.

Warning

May hit you or others around you, resulting in an accident
such as bodily injury.

Do not use a damaged handset.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

For using a motion sensor and geomagnetic
sensor, check the safety around, hold the handset
and do not swing them more than necessary.

May cause injury etc.

If the display is broken and the liquid crystal then
leaks, do not get the liquid on your skin (face,
hands, etc.).

May result in loss of eyesight or harm to your skin.
If the liquid comes into contact with your eyes or mouth,
immediately rinse your eyes or mouth with clean water and
see a doctor.
If the liquid comes into contact with your skin or clothes,
immediately wipe it off with alcohol, and wash with water
and soap.

The surface of the display is covered with a
protective film for ensuring the security
(shatterproof property of reinforced glass panel)
against any damages caused by the handset being
dropped or receiving a strong impact etc. Do not
remove the film forcibly or damage it.

Using the handset with the film removed may cause bodily
injury if the display gets damaged.

Do not dispose of the handset in ordinary garbage.

May cause fires or damage to the environment. Take the
unnecessary handset to a sales outlet such as a docomo
Shop or follow the instructions by a local institution that
handles used handsets.

If you use the handset in a vehicle, contact the
vehicle manufacturer or dealer to check whether
the operation of the vehicle is affected by signals.

May interfere with the operation of electronic equipment in
some vehicle models. In this case, stop using the handset.

Use of the handset may cause skin irritations such
as itchiness, rashes or eczema in some people. If
this occurs, immediately stop using the handset
and seek medical treatment.

For details on materials of each part nP. 7 “Material list”

Look at the display in a well-lit place, keeping a
certain distance from the screen.

Otherwise, eyesight may be weakened.

If the battery fluid etc. leaks, do not get the liquid on
your skin (face, hands, etc.).

May result in loss of eyesight or harm to your skin.
If the liquid comes into contact with your eyes, mouth, skin
or clothes, immediately rinse them with clean water.
If the liquid etc. comes into contact with your eyes or mouth,
see a doctor immediately after ri nsing your eyes or mouth.

Handling adapters

Do not use if the cord of the adapter is damaged.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Never use the AC adapter in humid locations such
as a bathroom.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

The DC adapter should only be used in negative
grounded vehicles. Never use it in positive
grounded vehicles.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Do not touch adapters if you hear thunder.

May cause electric shock.

Take care not to short-circuit the charger terminal
when connected to an outlet or cigarette lighter
socket. Also, take care not to allow any part of your
body (hands, fingers, etc.) to come into contact
with the charger terminal.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Do not place heavy objects on the cord of the
adapter.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

When plugging/unplugging an AC adapter into/from
the outlet, do not allow metallic straps or other
metallic objects to come into contact with the
prongs of the plug.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Do not apply excessive force on an adapter by
moving it up/down or to the left/right with the
adapter connected to the handset.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

Never try to connect the microUSB plug when the
handset or AC adapter is wet.

Inserting the microUSB plug while the equipment is wet may
cause short circuit when you ch arge the battery and lead to
abnormal overheat, malfunction, fires or burns due to water,
foreign objects, etc. adhering to the handset or microUSB
plug though the handset provides waterproof performance.

Do not handle the cord or charger terminal of the
adapters or outlet with wet hands.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Always use the specified power supply and
voltage.
When using overseas, use the AC adapter that is
available overseas.

Using the incorrect voltage may cause fires, burns or
electric shock.
AC adapter: 100V AC
DC adapter: 12/24V DC (for negative grounded vehicles
only)
AC adapter available overseas: 100 to 240V AC (Connect
only with a household AC outlet)

6

Contents/Precautions

If the fuse in the DC adapter blows, always replace

Caution

Warning

it with a fuse of the specified type.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock. Refer to the
respective manuals for information on the correct fuse
specifications.

Wipe off any dust on the power plug.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Fully plug the AC adapter into the outlet.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Always grasp the adapters when unplugging the
power plug from the outlet or cigarette lighter
socket. Do not forcibly pull by the cord of the
adapter.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

When plugging/unplugging an adapter into/from
the handset, plug/unplug the adapter horizontally
and straightly, not applying excessive force on it.

May cause fires, burns, bodily injury or electric shock.

Unplug the power plug from the outlet or cigarette
lighter socket when not using for a long time.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Should water or other liquids enter the equipment,
remove the power plug from the outlet or cigarette
lighter socket immediately.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Always unplug the power plug from the outlet or
cigarette lighter socket before cleaning the
equipment.

May cause fires, burns or electric shock.

Handling docomo mini UIM card

Be careful with the cutting surface when handling
the docomo mini UIM card.

May cause bodily injury.

Handling near electronic medical equipment

If you have electronic medical equipment such as
an implanted cardiac pacemaker or an implanted
cardioverter-defibrillator, always carry or use your
handset at least 15 cm away from your implant.

Electromagnetic signals may have harmful effects on the
operation of the electronic medical equipment.

Patients receiving medical treatment away from a
hospital or medical facility (e.g. home treatment)
who are using electronic medical equipment other
than implanted cardiac pacemakers or implanted
cardioverter-defibrillators should consult the
respective manufacturers for information regarding
the effects of signals on the equipment.

Electromagnetic signals may have harmful effects on the
operation of the electronic medical equipment.

If there is any chance that the distance between the
handset and a person closest to you may get
shorter than 15 cm such as when you cannot freely
move around, set the handset not to emit radio
wave in advance (by setting Airplane mode, turning
the power off, etc.).

Somebody nearby may be equipped with electronic medical
equipment such as an implanted cardiac pacemaker or an
implanted cardioverter-defibrillator. Electromagnetic signals
may have harmful effects on the operation of the electronic
medical equipment.

Follow the instructions given by the respective
medical facilities regarding the use of the handset
on their premises.

Material list

Handset

Part Material/Surface treatment

Display side

Surrounding area of display side

Back

docomo mini UIM card slot SUS/Ni plating

microSD Card slot SUS/Ni plating

docomo mini UIM card/microSD
Card slot cover

Gasket of docomo mini UIM card/
microSD Card slot cover

IMEI plate PP

Surrounding area of earphone/
microphone terminal

Power key Aluminum/Anodizing

Camera panel

Decoration of camera Aluminum/Anodizing

Mobile light PC resin

Mobacas/TV antenna

External connector terminal

Reinforced glass/Shatterproof
sheet of surface

PA resin/Discontinuous
deposition, UV coating for
surface

PC + ABS resin/Hot stamping
(mascot section), UV coating
for surface

PC resin/UV coating for
surface

Silicon rubber

Aluminum/Anodizing

Acrylic resin/Printing on the
back

Handset color Silky White:
Brass/Trivalent Cr plating,
SUS
Handset color Silky Pink, Silky
Black: Brass/Trivalent Cr
plating, UV coating, SUS

SUS/Sn plating, Copper alloy/
Gold plating

7

Contents/Precautions

Handling precautions

General notes

SH-05F is waterproof, however, do not allow water to get

inside the handset and do not allow optional parts to get
wet.

The adapter and docomo mini UIM card are not waterproof. Do not
use in humid or steamy areas such as bathrooms and avoid exposing
to rain and other forms of moisture. If they are carried close to the
skin, perspiration may cause internal components to corrode and
result in malfunction. Note that if a problem is found to be due to
moisture, the handset and parts are not covered by warranty and in
some cases may be irreparable. Even when repairs are possible,
repair charges will be incurred, since the damage is not covered by
warranty.

Clean only with a soft and dry cloth (such as the type used

for eyeglasses).

･ Forceful rubbing of the LCD with a dry cloth may scratch its surface.
･ Note also that LCD coating may stain if moisture or soiling is left on

the surface for a long period.

･ Never use chemicals such as alcohol, thinners, benzene or

detergents, as these agents may erase the printing or cause
discoloration.

Occasionally clean terminals with a dry cotton swab etc.

Dirty terminals may result in poor connections and loss of power or
insufficient battery charge. Keep the terminals clean with a dry cotton
swab etc.
Be careful with the terminals while cleaning them.

Do not place the equipment near an air conditioning vent.

Condensation formed due to rapid changes in temperature may
cause internal corrosion and lead to a malfunction.

Do not apply excessive force on the handset etc. when

using it.

Carrying the handset in a tightly packed bag or sitting on the handset
in your pocket may cause damage to the display, internal
components, etc. or result in a malfunction.
Keeping an external connector device plugged into the external
connector terminal or earphone/microphone terminal may cause
damage to the connector or result in a malfunction.

Do not rub or scratch the display with metal etc.

May scratch it and cause malfunction or damage.

Read the respective manuals or user’s guides supplied with

the optional parts carefully.

Notes about the handset

Do not forcefully press the surface of the touch panel or

operate with a pointed object such as a fingernail, ballpoint
pen or pin.

May damage the touch panel.

Avoid using the handset in extremely high or low

temperatures.

Use the handset within the range of a temperature between 5°C and
35°C and a humidity between 45% and 85%.

Using the handset close to land-line phones, TVs, radios,

etc. may have harmful effects on the operation of such
equipment. Move as far away as possible from such items
before use.

Keep a separate memo noting information stored on the

handset.

DOCOMO shall not be liable for any loss of content.

Do not drop or otherwise subject the handset to severe

impact.

May damage the handset or cause a malfunction.

When connecting an external connector device to the

external connector terminal or earphone/microphone
terminal, do not put it in obliquely and do not pull it while it
is plugged in.

May damage the handset or cause a malfunction.

The handset becomes warm during use or charging but this

is not a malfunction.

Do not leave the camera in direct sunlight.

May cause discoloration or burn-in of pixels.

Use the handset with the docomo mini UIM card/microSD

Card slot cover closed.

Dust, water, etc. may get inside and cause a malfunction.

While using a microSD Card, do not remove the card or turn

off the handset.

May cause data loss or a malfunction.

Never place a magnetic card near the handset.

The stored magnetic data in cash cards, credit cards, telephone
cards, floppy disks, etc. may be erased.

Never place magnetized items near the handset.

Putting highly magnetized items closer may cause an error.

The handset has a function to judge whether a proper

internal battery is used. Do not replace the internal battery
by yourself.

When an improper internal battery is used, you cannot

charge the battery.

DOCOMO shall not be liable for any accident or malfunction

arising from using an improper internal battery.

The internal battery is a consumable product.

Though the battery life varies with use, change the battery if the
battery life is extremely short even after being fully charged. For
details on replacing the internal battery, contact the number listed in
“Repairs” (in Japanese only) on the last page or a repair counter that
DOCOMO specifies.

Charge battery in areas where ambient temperature is

between 5°C and 35°C.

The battery life depends on the usage and deterioration of

the battery.

Avoid the following situations when the handset is stored.

 Storage with the internal battery fully charged (immediately after

charging is completed)
 Storage with no battery level (cannot turn the main body on)
May lower the performance or shorten the usable life of the internal
battery.
Approximately 40% is recommended as the proper battery level for
storage.

The surface of the handset uses the aluminum material.

Note that dent and abrasion are easily remained as
aluminum is a soft material.

Notes about adapters

Charge the battery in areas where the ambient temperature

is between 5°C and 35°C.

Do not charge the internal battery in the following locations.

 Areas with high humidity or dust, or in areas exposed to frequent

vibrations

 Close to land-line phones, TVs, radios, etc.

Adapters may become warm during charging but this is not

a malfunction.

Do not use the DC adapter to charge the battery when the

car engine is not running.

May cause the car battery to run down.

When using an outlet with a feature to prevent the plug from

being removed accidentally, follow the instructions in the
outlet user’s guide.

Do not subject to strong force or impacts. Also, do not

deform the charger terminals.

May cause a malfunction.

8

Contents/Precautions

Notes about docomo mini UIM card

Do not apply unnecessary force when inserting/removing

the docomo mini UIM card.

Customer is responsible for malfunctions arising from

inserting docomo mini UIM card into a different IC card
reader/writer etc.

Always keep IC area clean.
Clean only with a soft and dry cloth (such as the type used

for eyeglasses).

Keep a separate memo and note information stored on the

docomo mini UIM card.

DOCOMO shall not be liable for any loss of content.

To protect the environment, please take any unneeded

docomo mini UIM cards to a sales outlet such as a docomo
Shop.

Do not damage, touch haphazardly or short-circuit the IC.

May cause data loss or a malfunction.

Do not drop or otherwise subject the docomo mini UIM card

to severe impact.

May cause a malfunction.

Never bend the docomo mini UIM card or place heavy

objects on it.

May cause a malfunction.

Do not insert the docomo mini UIM card to the handset with

a label or sticker attached on the card.

May cause a malfunction.

Notes on using Bluetooth function

The handset supports the security function that meets the

Bluetooth specification for security during communication
using Bluetooth functions. However, the security may not
be sufficient depending on the configuration etc. Take care
of the security while making communication using
Bluetooth function.

Even if any leak of data or information occurs while making

communication using Bluetooth function, DOCOMO shall
not be liable for any loss of content.

Radio frequencies

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Device info]/
[Authentication] to confirm the radio frequencies the
Bluetooth function of the handset uses. The followings are
the descriptions:

① ② ③ ④ ⑤

① 2.4: This radio equipment uses the 2400 MHz band.
② FH: The modulation system is the FH-SS system.
③ 1: The estimated coverage distance is 10 m or less.
④ XX: Another modulation system is used.
⑤ 4: The estimated coverage distance is 40 m or less.
⑥ : All radio frequencies between 2400 MHz and 2483.5

MHz are used and the frequencies for mobile object identifiers
cannot be avoided.

Cautions on using Bluetooth devices

Bluetooth operates at radio frequencies assigned to the
in-house radio stations for a mobile object identifier that
have to be licensed and is used in production lines of a
factory, specific unlicensed low power radio stations, and
amateur radio stations (hereafter, referred to as “another
radio station”) in addition to industrial, scientific and
medical devices or home electric appliances such as
microwave ovens.

1. Before using the handset, make sure that “another radio
station” is not operating nearby.

⑥

2. If radio interference between the handset and “another
radio station” occurs, avoid interference by moving
immediately to another place or “turning off the power”.

3. Contact the number listed in “General Inquiries” on the
last page for further details.

Notes about wireless LAN (WLAN)

Wireless LAN (WLAN) uses radio waves to communicate

information. Therefore, it has an advantage of freely
connecting to the LAN within the service area. On the other
hand, if security setting is not set, it is possible for a
malicious third party to intercept the communication
contents or hack. It is recommended to set security setting
at your own risk and judgement.

Wireless LAN

Do not use wireless LAN near magnetic devices such as electric
appliances or AV/OA devices or in radio waves.
･ Magnetism or radio waves may increase noises or disable

communications (especially when using a microwave oven).

･ When used near TV, radio, etc., reception interference may occur

or channels on the TV screen may be disturbed.

･ If there are multiple wireless LAN access points nearby and the

same channel is used, search may not work correctly.

Radio frequencies

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Device info]/
[Authentication] to confirm the radio frequencies the
WLAN-installed devices use. The followings are the
descriptions:

① ② ③ ④

① 2.4: This radio equipment uses the 2400 MHz band.
② DS: The modulation system is the DS-SS system.
③ OF: The modulation system is the OFDM system.
④ 4: The estimated coverage distance is 40 m or less.
⑤ : All radio frequencies between 2400 MHz

and 2483.5 MHz are used and the frequencies for mobile object
identifiers can be avoided.

Available channels for the handset’s wireless LAN are between 1 and

13. Note that other channel access points cannot be connected.

Available channels may vary depending on the country.
For use in an aircraft, contact the airline beforehand.

Cautions on using 2.4 GHz devices

WLAN-installed devices operate at radio frequencies
assigned to the in-house radio stations for a mobile object
identifier (radio stations requiring a license) used in
production lines of a factory, specific unlicensed low power
radio stations (radio stations requiring no license), and
amateur radio stations (radio stations requiring a license) in
addition to industrial, scientific and medical devices or
home electric appliances such as microwave ovens.

1. Before using this device, make sure that the in-house
radio stations for a mobile object identifier, specific
unlicensed low power radio stations and amateur radio
stations are not operating nearby.

2. If the device causes harmful radio interference to the
in-house radio stations for a mobile object identifier,
immediately change the radio frequency or stop use, and
contact the number listed in “General Inquiries” on the
last page for crosstalk avoidance, etc. (e.g. partition
setup)

3. If the device causes radio interference to specific
unlicensed low power radio stations for a mobile object
identifier or amateur radio stations, contact the number
listed in “General Inquiries” on the last page for further
details.

⑤

9

Contents/Precautions

Cautions on using 5 GHz devices

In the 5 GHz frequency band, three bands of 5.2 GHz/5.3
GHz/5.6 GHz band (W52/W53/W56) are available.

･ W52 (5.2 GHz band/36, 40, 44, 48 ch)
･ W53 (5.3 GHz band/52, 56, 60, 64 ch)
･ W56 (5.6 GHz band/100, 104, 108, 112, 116, 120, 124, 128,

132, 136, 140 ch)
Using 5.2 GHz/5.3 GHz band wireless LAN (W52/W53)
outdoors is prohibited by the Radio Law.

FeliCa and NFC reader/writer

The FeliCa and NFC reader/writer, P2P function of the

handset uses weak radio waves whose handling does not
require a license of radio station.

The frequency in use is the 13.56 MHz band. When another

reader/writer, P2P function is being used nearby, keep
enough distance from it. Make sure that there is no radio
station using the same frequency band in the nearby area.

For use in an aircraft, contact the airline beforehand. Use of

FeliCa and NFC reader/writer, P2P function may be
restricted in some countries.
Check conditions such as regulations of the country/region
to use the function.

FM transmitter

The FM transmitter function of the handset uses weak radio

waves requiring no licenses for radio stations.

It uses 77.4 to 85.0 MHz frequency band. To avoid adversely

affecting surrounding FM radio users, do not set the same
frequency band as an FM broadcasting station in your area
for using.

Caution

Never use the handset that is modified. Using a modified

device violates the Radio Law and/or the
Telecommunications Business Law.

The handset follows the regulations regarding the certification of
conformity with technical regulations for specific radio stations etc.
based on the Radio Law and authentication of conformity with
technical regulations for devices etc. based on the
Telecommunications Business Law, and the “Technical Conformity
Mark ” can be displayed on the electronic nameplate of the
handset as a proof. You can see it by operating as follows.
In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Device info]/
[Authentication]
If the screws of the handset are removed and a modification is given
to the inside, the certification of conformity with technical regulations
etc. will become invalid. Never use the handset without the valid
certification etc. Doing so violate s the Radio Law and/or the
Telecommunications Business Law.

Be careful when using the handset while driving a motor

vehicle.

Using a mobile phone in hand while driving is regarded as a
punishable act.
However, the punishment has no application in some cases such as
when rescuing sick and injured people or maintaining public safety.

Use the FeliCa reader/writer function only in Japan.

The FeliCa reader/writer function of the handset conforms to the
domestic radio wave standards. Using the function overseas may
result in punishment.

Use the FM transmitter only in Japan.

The FM transmitter of the handset is compliant with radio wave
standards and is authorized for use only in Japan. Using the function
overseas may result in punishment.

Never change the basic software improperly.

This may be regarded as a conversion of software and repairs may be
refused.

Be careful not to connect the handset to a PC using Micro

USB Cable 01 (sold separately) in areas where the use of
mobile phones is prohibited.

Power is automatically turned on.

Waterproof

SH-05F is waterproof to IPX5*1 and IPX7*2 standards if the
docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card slot cover is securely
closed.

*1 IPX5 means that phone keeps functioning after being subjected

to a jet flow (12.5 liters/min) discharged from a nozzle (inner
diameter: 6.3 mm), from all directions (approximately 3 m from
the handset) for 3 minutes or more.

*2 IPX7 means that SH-05F phone keeps functioning after it is

slowly submerged to depth of 1 m in static tap water at room
temperature, left there for approximately 30 minutes and then
taken out.

What you can do with waterproof of SH-05F

You can call without using an umbrella in the rain (for rainfall of

approximately 20 mm per hour).

You can rinse off dirt from the handset. Wash the handset with

low-pressure water flow (6 liters/min or lower and tap water at
room temperature (between 5°C and 35°C)), holding it
approximately 10 cm below faucet or shower head. Wash by
using only your hands, not a brush or sponge, with the docomo
mini UIM card/microSD Card slot cover held in position. Drain the
handset before use (nP. 11 “Draining water when the handset
gets wet”).

You can use the handset at a poolside. Do not throw water in a

swimming pool on the handset or soak the handset in the water
of a swimming pool.

Things to keep in mind

To maintain waterproof performance, check the followings.

Securely close the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card slot

cover. Be careful not to apply excessive force on the rubber
gasket when opening and closing.

Make sure that the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card slot

cover is completely closed without floating.

To maintain waterproof performance, the handset has the

docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card slot cover that allows you
to close securely. May cause injuries to your nails or fingers if
you try to open it forcibly.

For details on how to open/close the docomo mini UIM card/

microSD Card slot cover nP. 13 “Inserting docomo mini UIM
card”

To maintain waterproof performance, replacement of parts is

recommended every 2 years regardless of whether the
handset appears normal or abnormal. DOCOMO replaces the
parts as a chargeable service. Bring the handset to a repair
counter that DOCOMO specifies.

10

Contents/Precautions

Precautions

To drain water off the
speaker, shake the
handset with the
speaker turned down

To drain water off the
earpiece, shake the
handset with the
earpiece turned down

When your hands or the handset is wet, do not open/close the

docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card slot cover.

Close the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card slot cover

securely. Even a fine obstacle (one hair, one grain of sand, tiny
fiber, etc.) put between contact surfaces may allow water to get
inside.

If the handset gets wet with water or other liquids with the

docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card slot cover opened, the
liquid may get inside causing electric shocks or malfunction. Stop
using the handset, turn off the power and contact a repair
counter that DOCOMO specifies.

The rubber gasket of the contact surface between the main body

and docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card slot cover plays an
important role in maintaining waterproof performance. Do not
remove or scratch it. Also, prevent dust from adhering to it.
If the rubber gasket is damaged or deformed, replace it at a
repair counter that DOCOMO specifies.

Do not insert a pointed object through the docomo mini UIM card/

microSD Card slot cover gaps. It may cause damage to the
rubber gasket and allow water to get inside.

Do not use the handset underwater (including key operations).

May cause malfunction.

Do not apply water flow stronger than allowed (over 6 liters/min).

May cause malfunction though SH-05F provides waterproof
performance of IPX5.

Do not let the handset get wet with liquids other than water at

room temperature (between 5°C and 35°C) or do not soak the
handset in the liquids. If you let the handset get wet with liquids
other than water at room temperature or soak the handset in the
liquids, stop using the handset and wash it with water at room
temperature.

Do not wash the handset in a washing machine etc.
To prevent condensation, do not bring the handset from a cold

place to a warm place without letting the handset warmed to
room temperature.

Never soak the handset in hot spring water or water containing

soap, detergent or bath powder.

Do not soak the handset in hot water, use it in a sauna or apply

hot air (from a hair dryer etc.) to it.

Do not soak the handset in seawater.
Do not put the handset directly on sand/dirt.
Do not leave the handset wet. In cold places, water may freeze

and cause malfunction.

The handset does not float on water.
Do not let the handset fall. It may become scratched and cause

the waterproof performance to degrade.

Do not leave water on the mouthpiece/microphone, earpiece,

speaker, out-microphone or earphone/microphone terminal.
Such water may interfere with talking.

Do not poke the mouthpiece/microphone, earpiece, speaker,

out-microphone, external connector terminal, earphone/
microphone terminal, etc. with a pointed object.

Do not insert an earphone/microphone to the handset while the

handset is wet. May cause malfunction.

Optional parts are not waterproof. Do not use them in rooms

where water is regularly in use such as bathroom, shower room,
kitchen or lavatory.

Soap/Detergent/
Bath powder

DOCOMO does not guarantee actual operations under all

states. Malfunctions deemed to be caused by inappropriate
operation by the customer are not covered by the warranty.

Seawater Swimming pool

Hot spring Sand/Dirt

Draining water when the handset gets wet

When the handset is wet, water may flow out after wiping it off.
Drain the water by following the steps below.

Wipe off water on the handset surface with dry

1

and clean cloth etc.

: If a strap is attached, dry the strap as well.

Shake the handset approximately 20 times,

2

securely holding it, until there is no more water
splattering

11

Contents/Precautions

Softly press the handset against dry and clean

3

cloth etc. to wipe off water remaining in the
grooves of the mouthpiece/microphone,
earpiece, speaker, out-microphone, keys,
external connector terminal, earphone/
microphone terminal, strap hole, etc.

: Pat the opening with cloth etc. to remove water because

there may be any water remaining in the grooves of each
part.

Wipe off water oozing from the handset with dry

4

and clean cloth etc. and leave it for a while to
dry it

: Water, if any, remaining in the main body may ooze after

wiping off.

: Pat the opening with cloth etc. again to remove water

because you may not be able to hear sounds well if drainage
is insufficient.

Charging

Optional parts are not waterproof. Check the followings before
and after charging.

Make sure that the handset is not wet. If the handset is wet or

after the handset is wet, adequately drain it and wipe off water
with dry and clean cloth etc. then leave it for a while to dry it
before opening the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card slot
cover.

Warning

Never try to connect the microUSB plug when the handset is
wet.

Inserting the microUSB plug while the equipment is wet may

cause short circuit when you charge the battery and lead to
abnormal overheat, malfunction, fires or burns due to water,
foreign objects, etc. adhering to the handset or microUSB plug
though the handset provides waterproof performance.

Do not touch an AC adapter (sold separately) with your hands

wet. May cause electric shock.

Do not use the AC adapter in a place subject to water. Do not

use it in rooms where water is regularly in use such as
bathroom, shower room, kitchen or lavatory. May cause fires or
electric shock.

12

Contents/Precautions

Before Using the Handset

Slot

Part names and functions

b Out-microphone

Use as a sub microphone when recording videos.
Use to measure ambient noises for communicating by making

your voices sound clear when using Noise suppression.

c microSD Card slot
d docomo mini UIM card slot
e Mobile light
f a mark

IC card is contained (It cannot be removed).

g FOMA/Xi antenna
h Strap hole
i Grip sensor
j H: Power key

Use to turn the power on/off, etc.
Use to turn the display on/off.

k FM transmitter antenna
l GPS antenna*2, FOMA/Xi sub antenna
m Wi-Fi/Bluetooth antenna
n Mouthpiece/Microphone
o External connector terminal

*1 Do not cover the sensor area with your hand or paste a sticker

etc. on the sensor area. The sensor may not work properly.

*2 The antenna is built into the main body. Covering the antenna

area with your hand may influence the quality.

*2

*2

*2

*2

Earphone/Microphone terminal

For details on the corresponding earphone/microphone, refer to

the following website.

(http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/support/d/sh05f/peripherals.html#!/

earphone_support) (in Japanese only)

Out-microphone

When using functions which support the out-microphone, do not

cover the hole of the out-microphone.

1 In-camera
2 Incoming/Charging lamp
3 Proximity sensor/Brightness sensor

The proximity sensor detects the distance to the face and

prevents inadvertent operation of touch panel during a call.

The brightness sensor detects the brightness of the

surrounding area and adjusts the brightness of the backlight.

4 Display/Touch panel
5 Earphone/Microphone terminal
6 Earpiece
7 x/y: Volume UP/DOWN key

Adjusts the volume in each function.

8 Out-camera
9 Mobacas/TV antenna
a Speaker

Ringtone, music, etc. can be heard from here.
The other party’s voice can be heard from here during a

hands-free call.

*1

docomo mini UIM card

A docomo mini UIM card is an IC card that records personal
information, such as phone numbers.

You cannot use functions such as the phone or packet

communication without inserting a docomo mini UIM card.

You cannot use the docomo mini UIM card with devices other

than compatible ones and may not be able to use a part of the
website and data when you change from the UIM.

In Japan, you cannot call to the emergency number (110, 119 or

118) without inserting a docomo mini UIM card.

A docomo mini UIM card has a security code called PIN code

(nP. 73 “PIN code”).

The handset supports only docomo mini UIM card. Change the

UIM at a docomo Shop.

Before inserting or removing the docomo mini UIM card, turn off

the power. Hold the handset securely with your hand.

■ Inserting docomo mini UIM card

Open the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card

1

slot cover

: Hook the tip of a finger into the slot to open.

13

Before Using the Handset

Hold the docomo mini UIM card with the IC

Notch

IC (gold)

docomo mini UIM
card slot (back side)

Notch

Joint

2

(gold) side turned down and insert it slowly into
the docomo mini UIM card slot

: Push it slowly towards inside until a click is heard.

: Do not insert the docomo mini UIM card at an angle or with

the wrong side down. The docomo mini UIM card slot may be
damaged.

Close the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card

3

slot cover

: Stow the joint of the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card

slot cover (1) and push the cover in the direction of the
arrow to close it so that gaps are not left between the
handset and the cover (2). When closing it, push the A
areas securely (3).

■ Removing docomo mini UIM card

Open the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card

1

slot cover

Gently push the docomo mini UIM card towards

2

inside (1)

: Push it towards inside until a click is heard. It will come out

towards you.

Remove the docomo mini UIM card (2)

3

: Remove the docomo mini UIM card by slowly pulling it

straight out. Do not let it fall.

Close the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card

4

slot cover

Make sure not to touch or damage the IC (gold) of the docomo

mini UIM card when handling it. Also, note that inserting or
removing the docomo mini UIM card forcibly may damage it.

Refer to the docomo mini UIM card user’s guide for more

information on the docomo mini UIM card.

Do not misplace the docomo mini UIM card once it is removed.

IMEI plate

A plate on which the IMEI number (International Mobile

Equipment Identifier) etc. is printed is stowed near the docomo
mini UIM card slot. The IMEI number is required when you
contact a repair counter that DOCOMO specifies, so do not pull
it out unless you need to check the number.

Note that pulling the IMEI plate forcibly or adding forces on it

may damage the plate.

If you pull out the IMEI plate, push it back slowly towards inside.

Charging

The internal battery is not fully charged at the time of
purchase. Be sure to charge the battery before use.

■ Cautions while charging

For details on the estimated charge time nP. 95 “Main

specifications”

The battery can also be charged with the handset turned on

(While charging, the battery icon appears with [w]
superimposed).

Do not charge for a long time with the power left turned on. If the

handset is left turned on after charging is complete, the internal
battery charge level decreases.
In this case, an AC or DC adapter (sold separately) charges the
battery again. However, depending on the time when the
handset is disconnected from the AC or DC adapter, the battery
charge level may be low or the battery may only be usable for a
short time.

If the handset is left for a long time even after the charging is

completed, the battery level may decrease.

When the battery is empty and the handset is being charged, the

charging lamp may not illuminate immediately. However,
charging is in progress.

If the battery empty alert is displayed and the power cannot be

turned on, charge the battery for a while.

While charging, the handset may not turn on even when the

charging lamp is illuminated in red. Charge longer and try turning
power on again.

Frequently recharging the battery when its power is still

remaining enough may shorten the usable life of the internal
battery. It is recommended to use the battery to a certain level
(e.g. after the battery level decreases) before recharging.

When the battery becomes warm, charging may automatically

stop even if the battery has not been fully charged. Charging
automatically resumes after the temperature lowers to an
appropriate temperature.

If you watch Mobacas, receive contents, etc. while charging,

move the handset as far away as possible from the power plug
section of the AC adapter.

14

Before Using the Handset

■ Estimated battery life when fully charged

Charging lamp

microUSB plug

Keep side marked with “B” up

External connector
terminal

Continuous
talk time

Continuous
stand-by time

Mobacas
watching time

TV watching
time

For details on the battery life nP. 95 “Main specifications”

FOMA/3G

Approx. 960 min

GSM

Approx. 810 min

FOMA/3G

At rest: Approx. 700 hr (Network Mode: LTE/
3G/GSM(Auto))

GSM

At rest: Approx. 590 hr (Network Mode: LTE/
3G/GSM(Auto))

LTE

At rest: Approx. 580 hr (Network Mode: LTE/
3G/GSM(Auto))

Approx. 470 min

Full-Seg: Approx. 400 min
1Seg: Approx. 530 min

■ Internal battery usable life

Internal battery is a consumable product. Battery life per charge

is gradually reduced every time the battery is charged.

When battery life per charge is reduced to about half of the

default time, this means that the internal battery is approaching
the end of its usable life. In this case, it is recommended to
replace the battery as soon as possible. For details on replacing
the internal battery, contact the number listed in “Repairs” (in
Japanese only) on the last page or a repair counter that
DOCOMO specifies.

If you watch TV etc. while charging for a long time, the usable life

of the internal battery may become shorter than estimated.

Charging with AC adapter/DC adapter

[Read the user’s guides of AC Adapter 03/04 (sold
separately) and DC Adapter 03/04 (sold separately)]

Following operations describe how to charge with AC Adapter 04

or DC Adapter 04.

Insert the microUSB plug of the AC adapter/DC

1

adapter horizontally into the external connector
terminal on the handset with the side marked
with “B” turned up

: Check the direction (front or rear) of the microUSB plug and

insert it horizontally.

When you erect the AC adapter power plug and

2

insert it into an outlet or insert the DC adapter
power plug into a car cigarette lighter socket,
the charging lamp illuminates and charging
starts

Power plug

100V AC
outlet

Power plug

■ AC adapter and DC adapter

Refer to user’s guide of AC Adapter 03/04 (sold separately) or

DC Adapter 03/04 (sold separately).

AC Adapter 03/04 covers from 100 to 240V AC.
The shape of the plug for the AC adapter is for 100V AC (for

domestic use). To use the AC adapter of 100 to 240V AC
overseas, a conversion plug adapter applicable to your country
of stay is required. Do not use a voltage converter for overseas
travel to charge the battery.

Cigarette
lighter socket

AC adapter DC adapter

When charging is complete, the charging lamp

3

turns off

Remove the AC adapter power plug from the

4

outlet, or remove the DC adapter power plug
from the car cigarette lighter socket

Remove the microUSB plug of the AC adapter/

5

DC adapter horizontally from the external
connector terminal

Using unnecessary force when inserting or removing the

equipment may cause damage to the external connector
terminal and the microUSB plug or result in a malfunction.

15

Before Using the Handset

When using a DC adapter

The DC adapter should only be used in negative grounded

vehicles (12 and 24V DC).

Do not use with the car engine shut off. May drain the car

battery.

The DC adapter fuse is a consumable product. For

replacement, purchase a new fuse at a nearest auto parts
retailer etc.

Refer to the user’s guide of DC Adapter 03/04 for details.

Charging with Micro USB Cable 01

You can charge the handset by connecting the handset to a PC
with Micro USB Cable 01 (sold separately).

When the handset is turned off, it is automatically turned on.
For details on connecting to a PC nP. 82 “Connecting the

handset and PC”

Turning power on/off

■ Turning power on

H (for at least 2 seconds)

1

: When you turn the power on for the first time, make the initial

settings (nP. 22 “Initial settings”).

Precautions about inserting and removing a microSD Card are

displayed every time the handset power is turned on.

■ Turning power off

H (for at least 1 second)/[Power off

1

completely]/[OK]

■ Turning power off forcibly

You can forcibly turn the power off if the screen does not respond or
the power cannot be turned off.

H (for at least 8 seconds)

1

: Release your finger after the vibrator is activated to turn the

power off.

■ Sleep mode

You can quickly activate the handset when turning the power on
again by setting the sleep mode.

H (for at least 1 second)/[To sleep]/[OK]

1

Do not set the sleep mode but turn the power off when an

airplane you are aboard is about to take off/land, the battery
level is low, etc.

Even if you set the sleep mode, the handset may not be quickly

activated depending on its status such as when it has not been
used for a long time.

■ Turning display on/off

The display is turned off when H is pressed or the handset is not in
use for a set length of time.
Press H while the display is turned off to turn it on.

Operations on Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen)

When the power or the display is turned on, the Welcome
Sheet (Lock Screen) is displayed and the touch panel is
locked.

1 Wallpaper

If [Welcome Sheet wallpaper] is set to [Image] and you have

registered multiple still pictures, you can switch wallpapers by
flicking them to the left/right.
･ You can register up to five still pictures in [Welcome Sheet

wallpaper].

2 Unlock/Display shortcuts

Slide [I] down to unlock. Also, you can display shortcuts etc.

by touching [I].

3 Owner’s information

Touch [M] after making settings for [Owner info] of Lock &

Security to display the owner’s information.

4 Info Area

Flick to the left/right to switch among Magical Theme Changer

(nP. 32 “Magical Theme Changer”), widget, date and time,
etc. Also, you can add a widget to display by touching [+]
while [Add Widget] is displayed. Touch and hold a widget to
move or delete it.

■ Welcome Sheet settings

You can set wallpapers, shortcuts, Info Area, etc. to display in the
Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen).

In the Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen), [I]

1

[Welcome sheet setting]

2

Welcome Sheet wallpaper: Set images to use in the

Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen).

Shortcut: Set shortcuts to activate in the Welcome Sheet

(Lock Screen).

Info area: Display weather information in the Info Area.
Welcome lighting time: Set the light duration of the Welcome

Sheet (Lock Screen).

■ Operations on Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen)

To set/disable the manner mode: Touch and hold [y]
To turn on the mobile light: Touch and hold [x]

･ Press any of the keys or touch the screen to turn it off. Press H

if the display is turned off.

The mobile light will automatically turn off approximately 30

seconds after it turns on.

The status panel can be displayed without disabling the lock

when Screen lock is set to [Slide or Touch].

16

Before Using the Handset

Basic operation

Set item list

The followings describe basic operations of the handset such
as operations of the touch panel and navigation keys, and
operations for shooting screenshot.

Operation of touch panel

The followings describe the operations to use the display
(touch panel).

Operations may differ depending on the function and screen in

use.

Cautions when using the touch panel

The touch panel is designed to be lightly touched with your

finger. Do not forcefully press with your finger or a pointed
object (fingernail, ballpoint pen, pin, etc.).

In the following cases, the touch panel may not work even if

you touch it. May cause a malfunction.

Operation with a gloved finger
Operation with the tip of a fingernail
Operation with foreign objects placed on the operation pad
Operation on the touch panel on which a protective sheet or

a sticker is put

Operation while the touch panel is wet
Operation with fingers wet with sweat or water

Operations may be interrupted if you touch an area other than a

confirmation screen or the status bar while the confirmation
screen etc. is displayed.

■ Touch

Touch a key or an item displayed on the screen and then release
your finger from it to select or set it.

■ Touch and hold

When you keep your finger on the touch panel, a menu may appear
depending on the function and screen in use.

■ Slide/Drag

Move your finger while keeping it on the touch panel to scroll the
screen or move an icon, widget, etc. to the desired position.
In addition, when you touch a menu or item by mistake, move your
finger away from it to cancel the selection.

■ Pinch out/Pinch in

You may be able to zoom the screen in/out etc. by putting two
fingers on the touch panel and moving them with putting a distance
between two fingers apart (pinch out)/closer (pinch in) depending
on the function and screen in use.

Operation while using function

■ Navigation keys

Use the navigation keys displayed at the bottom of the screen to
perform the basic operations.

1 {/v: Back key/Close key

Return to the previous screen.
Close the keyboard.

2 |: Home key

Display the home screen.

3 z: Menu key

Display available functions (menus).

4 }: Recent Apps key

Display Quick Launcher or Recent Apps (nP. 30 “Quick

Launcher”, P. 31 “Recent Apps”).

■ Using user-aid function

You can quickly activate apps supporting the user-aid function.

Slide any of the navigation keys up

1

: If the activation method of an app is set to [Always], the app

is activated.

Select an app/select an activation method

2

■ Retrieving menu

When you touch [z] or touch and hold the screen, functions
(menus) available in that screen appear.

Example: Dial screen

■ Flick

Move your finger like sweeping the touch panel in the home screen
etc. to switch pages.

■ Switching the settings

When a check box is displayed beside the setting item, you can set
it enabled/disabled or [ON]/[OFF] by touching it.

17

Before Using the Handset

Example: Location services screen, Alarm screen

[0]: Enabled, [1]: Disabled

■ Vertical/Horizontal display

The screen display is switched when you tilt the handset.
Vertical/Horizontal display may not be switched even if the

handset is turned depending on the screen being displayed.

Vertical/Horizontal display is not switched if the handset is turned

while it is positioned parallel to the ground.

The screen display may not be switched properly when a sound

or a vibration is being activated.

Vertical/Horizontal display may not be switched properly right

after the display or power is turned on.

You can set the display not to automatically switch

(nP. 68 “Display”, P. 70 “Grip sensor”).

Screens may be displayed in the full screen depending on the

app when switching vertical display to horizontal display.

Shooting screenshot

Hold H + [y] down for at least 1 second to save the screen
being displayed to the handset memory.

The shutter sounds when shooting a screenshot.
You can check the saved screenshots by using Album etc.

Data cannot be saved while displaying Mobacas, TV, home

network, e-books, etc.

Data may not be saved completely or partially depending on the

app.

Cautions when using Grip sensor

In the following cases, Grip sensor may not work properly. May

cause a malfunction.

Operation with a gloved finger
Operation while the handset is equipped with a case, cover,

*

etc.

Operation while the handset is wet
Operation while a metallic object touches the sensor

* Depending on the case or cover, you may be able to use

Grip sensor with the handset equipped with it. Set Sensitivity
setting of Grip sensor to [Strong(while putting cover on)]
(nP. 70 “Grip sensor”) after equipping the handset with the
case or cover.

Grip sensor (nP. 13 “Part names and functions”) responds

when you touch both the right and left sides. Hold the handset
with the both sides being touched to use Grip sensor since Grip
sensor does not respond when you touch only one side. Also,
when you release your fingers, keep your fingers away from
both sides of the sensor. Letting your fingers remaining
touching either side keeps the sensor functioning.

■ Operation when you hold the phone

Showing clock

You can display the clock by holding the handset while the display
is turned off.

Sweep ON

Slide the touch panel with a finger while the display is turned
off to turn the display on.

Set Sweep ON to [Enable]/[Enable(Link to grip sensor settings)]

in advance (nP. 68 “Display”).

If the proximity sensor is covered with a hand, an object, etc.,

the display cannot be operated by touching to prevent
inadvertent operations although the display is turned on. Also,
the display may be turned off regardless of the setting of the
handset.

When you set Sweep ON to [Enable(Link to grip sensor

settings)], set Grip sensor to [ON] in advance (nP. 70 “Grip
sensor”).

Using Grip sensor

You can display the clock, minimize the ringtone/alarm volume
and activate the vibrator, etc. by holding the handset.

When you use each function of Grip sensor, set Grip sensor to

[ON] and make settings for the relevant functions in advance
(nP. 70 “Grip sensor”).

The notification icon for Grip sensor appears on the status bar by

default. You can make settings for Grip sensor by opening the
status panel and touching the notification.

Press H while the clock is displayed to turn the display on.

･ Alternatively, slide your finger on the touch panel to turn the

display on when Sweep ON is set to [Enable]/[Enable(Link to
grip sensor settings)] (nP. 68 “Display”).

If the proximity sensor is covered with a hand, an object, etc.,

the clock is not displayed to prevent inadvertent operations.

Showing lock screen

You can turn the display on by holding the handset while the
display is turned off.
Set Screen lock to an item other than [None] in advance

(nP. 71 “Lock & security”).

If the proximity sensor is covered with a hand, an object, etc.,

the display cannot be operated by touching to prevent
inadvertent operations although the display is turned on. Also,
the display may be turned off regardless of the setting of the
handset.

Even if Screen lock is set to [None], the lock screen is not

displayed although the display is turned on.

18

Before Using the Handset

■ Volume down for incoming calls

12 keyboard

You can minimize the ringtone/alarm volume and activate the
vibrator by holding the handset during an incoming call or while the
alarm of the “Alarm/Clock” app is ringing.

■ Deterrence rotate screen

You can keep the screen displayed vertically while holding the
handset.

Emergency mode

You can save the internal battery by restricting settings and
functions on the handset.

H (for at least 1 second)/[Emergency mode]/

1

[OK]

: The handset restarts and it switches to Emergency mode.

■ Disabling Emergency mode

H (for at least 1 second)/[Emergency mode]/

1

[OK]

: Alternatively, in the Emergency mode screen, [Stop

saving]/[OK] to disable Emergency mode.

: The handset restarts and Emergency mode is disabled.

Character entry

You can enter characters using the QWERTY keyboard,
12 keyboard, voices and kuten codes.

Keyboard layouts

Following operations describe how to enter characters by using

iWnn IME - SH edition.

You can use the following two types of the keyboards.

QWERTY
keyboard

12 keyboard Several characters are assigned to one

You can enter a displayed character by
touching the character entry key. Use
romaji for entry.

character entry key. Characters are
switched every time the key is touched.
You can enter characters by flicking a

character entry key up/down or to the
left/right.

Searching information on the handset and
websites

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Google]

1

: If the confirmation screen for Google Now™ is displayed,

check the content, follow the instructions on the screen and
operate.

: Quick search box appears.

Enter the keyword

2

1 Search box

Enter the keyword to search with.
When the keyword is entered, apps, data, etc. whose

names start with the entered characters are searched
and displayed as a list.

2 Switch to Voice Search

Select the search result

3

: When a search result is an app, the corresponding app is

activated.

: If [Images] etc. is displayed, you can search by selecting a

genre.

: When you cannot see search results hidden behind the

keyboard, touch [v] to close the keyboard.

■ Search settings

In the quick search box, [z]/[Settings]

1

Select an item

2

Phone search: Set the range for subjects to search.
Voice: Make settings for the voice input.
Accounts & privacy: Make settings for the accounts and

privacy such as history and the location information service.

Help & feedback: Display help and send feedback.

QWERTY keyboard

※Each key may change depending on the settings and the

condition.

1 Shift key

Touch to switch between upper/lower case characters etc.

･ When [*] is displayed, lower case characters are entered.

When [+] is displayed, the first character to be entered
becomes upper case one. When [,] is displayed, upper
case characters are entered.

･ Symbols that can be entered using the keyboard change

when you switch the upper/lower case characters.

2 Input mode switching key

Touch to switch input modes.

･ Touch it to switch input modes in the order of half-width

alphabet b half-width numeric b hiragana/kanji. The
keyboard set in each input mode is displayed.

･ Alternatively, slide the input mode switching key to the right

to switch input modes.

3 Delete key

Delete characters displayed in a direction set in Delete key

behavior.

4 Enter key

Insert a line feed.
Determine the entered characters.
Execute operations entered in an entry field such as the

search box.

Move to the next entry field.
Touch and hold to close the keyboard.

19

Before Using the Handset

5 Symbol key

Use to display the pictogram/Deco-mail pictogram/symbol/

emoticon list.
･ You cannot enter these symbols in some apps.

Slide it to the right to display Quote apps list.

6 Katakana and alphabet key

Display katakana of the entered characters or normal

conversion candidates (katakana and alphabet conversion
candidates) of alphabets or symbols assigned to a touched
key.

Slide it to the right to display Quote apps list.

7 Undo key

Use to undo previous operation.

8 Setting key

Display setting menu.

9 Space key

Enter a space.

a Normal conversion key

Execute the normal conversion of the input characters.

b Cursor key

Use to move the cursor or to change the range of characters

to be converted.

c Katakana and alphanumeric key

Display katakana of the entered characters or normal

conversion candidates (katakana and alphanumeric
conversion candidates) of alphanumerics or symbols
assigned to a touched key.

Slide it to the right to display Quote apps list.

d Reverse toggle key

Use to display characters assigned to the same key in the

inverse order.

e Character switching key

Touch to switch the upper/lower case characters.
Touch to add dakuten/handakuten.

■ Switching keyboards

Example: In hiragana/kanji entry mode on vertical display

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Change

1

input UI]/[Set QWERTY keyboard [あいう
[Kanji]] [Portrait]]/[Set 12 keyboard [あいう

[Kanji]] [Portrait]]

: Alternatively, slide the setting key up to switch keyboards.

Setting character entry

Following operations describe how to enter characters by using

iWnn IME - SH edition.

■ Sound/Vibration

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Change

1

settings]/[Sound / Vibration]

Select an item

2

Sound on key press: Set whether or not to enable operation

sounds of entering characters.

Vibrate on key press: Set whether to activate the vibrator

when entering characters.

■ Display/Layout

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Display /

1

Layout]

Select an item

2

Keyboard layout: Set the keyboard size and the number of

lines of the conversion candidates field for the portrait
display.

Emoji/Symbol list rows: Set the number of columns of

pictograms list/symbols list.

Key input guide: Set whether to zoom in the selected key and

to display the guide of flick input.

■ Input assistance

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Change

1

settings]/[Input assistance]

Select an item

2

Flick sensitivity: Set the sensitivity of the keyboard when

selecting characters with flick input.

Toggle input: Set whether to use the toggle input while flick

input is enabled.

Voice input provider: Set where to connect when using the

voice input.

Delete key behavior: Set the operations of the delete key.
Romaji input assistance: Set to prevent unnecessary keys

from being touched when entering Japanese with romaji.

Auto cursor move: Set the speed for the cursor to

automatically move to the right side after entering characters.

Auto space input: In half-width alphabet entry, automatically

insert a half-width space after selecting an English word.

Emoji/Symb/:) continuous input: Set whether to keep the

pictogram/symbol/emoticon list displayed after selecting a
candidate from it.

[Delete key behavior]

When the cursor is on a character, delete the character. When

[Left-delete (Backspace)] is set and the cursor is at the
beginning of a text, you can delete characters on the right side
of the cursor. When [Right-delete (Clear)] is set and the cursor
is at the end of a text, you can delete characters on the left side
of the cursor.

■ Conversion

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Change

1

settings]/[Conversion]

Select an item

2

Word prediction: Set whether to use the predictive

conversion.

Next word guess: Display relational predictive conversion

candidates immediately after an entry is determined.

Wildcard prediction: Set whether to use the wildcard

prediction.

Beginning prediction for mail: Display text candidates to use

at the beginning of a message when entering the message
for a mail.

Typing error correction: Set Typing error correction.
Extra conversion engine: Display conversion candidates by

using an external conversion engine.

Auto capitalization: In half-width alphabet entry, enter an

initial character at the head of a text with upper case one.

[Auto capitalization]

Auto capitalization may not follow the setting depending on the

app in use.

■ Dictionary

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Change

1

settings]/[Dictionary]

Select an item

2

Japanese user dictionary: Edit words in the Japanese user

dictionary.

English user dictionary: Edit words in the English user

dictionary.

Download dictionary: Register/Cancel/Delete downloaded

dictionaries.

20

Before Using the Handset

Update conversion dictionary: Update, download or uninstall

conversion dictionaries.

Contacts name collaboration: Add name data of the

phonebook to the dictionary or reset the name data in the
dictionary.

■ Slide operation

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Change

1

settings]/[Slide operation]

Select an item

2

Upward slide: Set the operations available when you slide

the keyboard from its bottom to top.

Downward slide: Set the operations available when you slide

the keyboard from its top to bottom.

Rightward slide: Set the operations available when you slide

the keyboard from its left edge to right edge.

Leftward slide: Set the operations available when you slide

the keyboard from its right edge to left edge.

■ Reset

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Change

1

settings]/[Reset]

Select an item

2

Set the default settings: Reset the settings of iWnn IME - SH

edition.

Clear learning dictionary: Reset the learning dictionary.
Reset facemark list: Reset the contents of the emoticon list.

Entering characters

Following operations describe how to enter characters by using

iWnn IME - SH edition.

Example: When entering “文字”

In the character entry screen, enter “もじ”

1

1 Enlarge/Reduce

Enlarge/Reduce the predictive conversion candidates

field.

2 Predictive conversion candidates field

Predictive conversion candidates are displayed. Touch

one of them to enter.

If you set an external conversion engine, [Extra conv] is

displayed. Touch it to display conversion candidates
searched by the external conversion engine.

[Convert]

2

In the conversion candidates field, select “文字”

3

1 Range reduction/Range enlargement

You can reduce/enlarge the range of characters to

convert.

Displayed only when available.

2 Close

Close the conversion candidates field.

3 Conversion candidates field

Touch one of conversion candidates to enter.
If you set an external conversion engine, [Extra conv] is

displayed among the predictive/normal conversion
candidates. Touch it to display conversion candidates
searched by the external conversion engine.

4 Determine

Determine the conversion.

5 Predictive conversion

Predictive conversion candidates are displayed in the

conversion candidates field.

6 Normal conversion

Normal conversion candidates are displayed in the

conversion candidates field.

7 Katakana and alphanumeric

Katakana and alphanumeric conversion candidates are

displayed in the conversion candidates field.

■ Wildcard prediction

Conversion candidates are predicted according to the number of
the entered characters and appear.

Enable [Wildcard prediction] in advance (nP. 20 “Conversion”).
This function is available in the hiragana/kanji entry mode and

the half-width alphabet entry mode.

Example: When entering “アナウンス”

In the character entry screen, enter “あな”

1

[S]/[S]/[S]

2

: Each time you touch [S], [*] is entered and the predictive

conversion candidates appear according to the number of
characters.

In the conversion candidates field, select “アナ

3

ウンス”

■ Inputting kuten codes

You can use four-digit kuten codes assigned to each character for
entering kanji, hiragana, katakana, symbol, alphanumeric
characters, etc.

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Change

1

input mode]/[Character Code]

Input a kuten code

2

: After the fourth digit is entered, the corresponding character

appears.

: After the fourth digit is entered, the entry mode is switched to

the previous entry mode.

21

Before Using the Handset

■ Inputting with voices

You can enter characters with voices.

In the character entry screen, [T]/[Change

1

input UI]/[Set Voice Input]

: Alternatively, slide the setting key to the right while the

QWERTY keyboard is used or slide the setting key down
while the 12 keyboard is used to switch to the voice input.

Speak to the microphone

2

In the following cases, the voice input may not work properly.

When the voice is too loud
When the surrounding noise is big
When the phonation is not clear
When the phonation is not natural
When the pronunciation is too fast
When any key is pressed or the microphone is touched

■ Editing characters

You can perform operations such as cutting, copying or pasting by
selecting the entered characters.

Touch and hold the entered characters

1

Edit the characters

2

: To specify the selection range: Drag [d]/[e]
: To display the history of cut and copied characters: [T]/

[Quote apps (Mushroom)]/[Copy History SH]

1 Select all

Select all the entered characters.

2 Cut

Cut the selected characters.

3 Copy

Copy the selected characters.

4 Paste

Paste the cut or copied characters.
Alternatively, touch and hold the character entry field/

[PASTE] to paste them.

Touch and hold the character entry field/

[CLIPBOARD]/select characters to enter to paste them
from the history.

Up to ten history items of cut and copied characters can be

saved.

If the number of history items of cut and copied characters

exceeds the maximum number to be saved, they are deleted
from the oldest one.

Changing screen display to English

In the home screen, [アプリ] (APPS)/[設定]

1

(Settings)/[言語と文字入力] (Language &
input)/[言語(Language)を選択] (Select

language)/[English]

Initial settings

When you turn the power on for the first time, the initial
settings screen is displayed. Follow the instructions on the
screen and operate.

The following items can be set. However, items to be displayed

may differ depending on the Google account settings.

Language setting
Wi-Fi settings (nP. 23 “Wi-Fi settings”)
Google account settings (nP. 24 “Setting up Google account

etc.”)

Google & location
Owner’s information of the handset
Google services
Google Wallet

■ Initial settings for docomo service

When the initial settings screen for docomo

1

service is displayed, [Next]

Make the initial settings

2

: Follow the instructions on the screen and operate after this

step. The following items can be set.

docomo ID setting
Set docomo apps password and Remote Initialization

Service setting

docomo cloud settings
Install all apps
Location providing setting

Setting an access point

An access point (sp-mode) for Internet connection is
registered by default. You can add other access points and
change them if necessary.
If you want to use mopera U or Business mopera Internet, add
an access point of either provider manually.
For details on mopera U, refer to the mopera U website.

■ Checking an access point in use

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Mobile networks]/[Access Point
Names]

■ Setting additional access points

Never set the MCC to a figure other than 440 or the MNC to a

figure other than 10. Otherwise the added access point
disappears from the screen.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Mobile networks]/[Access Point
Names]/[z]/[New APN]

[Name]/enter the name of the network profile

2

to create/[OK]
[APN]/enter the access point name/[OK]

3

Enter other items required by network

4

operators/[z]/[Save]

If the settings of MCC and MNC are changed and the added

access point disappears from the screen, reset the settings or
set the access point manually.

22

Before Using the Handset

Resetting an access point

Reset an access point to default setting.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Mobile networks]/[Access Point
Names]/[z]/[Reset to default]

When sp-mode is not subscribed or if you fail to make

automatic setting of an access point due to signal status such
as outside the service area, you are required to set the access
point again manually.

sp-mode

sp-mode is an ISP owned by NTT DOCOMO for smartphones.
In addition to the Internet connection, mail service with the
same address you use on i-mode (@docomo.ne.jp) or other
services are available. sp-mode is a paid service that requires
subscription. For details on sp-mode, refer to the DOCOMO
website.

Wi-Fi settings

If you use Wi-Fi function of the handset, you can use mail or
Internet by connecting to access points of your home,
corporate network or public wireless LAN service.

Radio interference with Bluetooth devices

Wireless LANs (IEEE 802.11b/g/n) use the same frequency

band (2.4 GHz) as Bluetooth devices. Therefore, using the
wireless LAN device near a Bluetooth device may cause radio
interference, lowering of communication speed, noise or
connection failure. In this case, turn off the Bluetooth device or
keep the handset and the wireless LAN device at least
approximately 10 m away from the Bluetooth device.

Packet communication is also available while Wi-Fi is set to [ON].

Wi-Fi connection is prioritized while Wi-Fi connection is set, but
the connection is automatically switched to that of LTE/3G/GPRS
network once Wi-Fi connection is terminated. Note that packet
communication charges may be incurred in this case.

Refer to the manual of your wireless LAN base unit when using

the access point at home etc.

Operate access point registration near the access point.
If you use the docomo service by using Wi-Fi function, set a

docomo ID in advance. In the home screen, [APPS]/
[Settings]/[docomo service/cloud]/[docomo ID設定] (Set

docomo ID) to set it.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Wi-Fi]

Slide [OFF] to the right

2

Select an access point

3

: If you select an access point protected by security, enter the

password (security key) and select [Connect].

: To register access points manually: [ADD NETWORK]/

enter the network SSID/set security/[Save]

: WPS compatible access points can be easily registered. In

the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Wi-Fi]/[EASY
SETTINGS]/[WPS Push Button]/[WPS Pin Entry] to
register an access point.

: Alternatively, in the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

[Wi-Fi]/[EASY SETTINGS]/[AOSS] to connect to an
access point. Follow the instructions on the screen and
operate after this step.

When you select an access point and connect to it with a wrong

password (security key), [Avoided poor Internet connection],
[Authentication problem] or [Connected (Limited)] is displayed.
Confirm the password (security key). When [Avoided poor
Internet connection] or [Connected (Limited)] is displayed after
entering the correct password (security key), you may not have
acquired the correct IP address. Connect to the access point
again after confirming signal status.

The registration process using WPS takes a few minutes. After

completion of the registration of the access point, check that the
proper connection to the access point is acquired.

As for the manual registration of an access point, this function

supports WEP, WPA/WPA2 PSK and 802.1xEAP as the
security setting.

■ Detailed settings

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Wi-Fi]/[z]/[Advanced]

Select an item

2

Network notification: Set whether to display a notification

icon when an open network is detected.
･ Set it after setting Wi-Fi to [ON].

Wi-Fi sleep policy: Set when to switch the Wi-Fi function to

the sleep mode.

Avoid poor connections: Set whether to use the Wi-Fi

function only when stable Internet connections are available.

Wi-Fi frequency band: Set the frequency band to use.
MAC address: Confirm the MAC address.
IP address: Confirm the IP address.

■ Disconnecting

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Wi-Fi]
Select the connected access point/

2

[Disconnect]

: Disconnect with the password retained.

Tethering

You can use the tethering function that connects Wi-Fi
compatible devices, or PCs etc. connected via Micro USB
Cable 01 (sold separately) or Bluetooth communication to the
Internet by using the handset as an access point.

You can connect up to 11 devices in total at the same time: ten

Wi-Fi compatible devices and a PC connected via Micro USB
Cable 01.

The handset supports Bluetooth tethering via DUN profile. Before

using Bluetooth tethering, register the other party’s Bluetooth
device in advance (nP. 79 “Using Bluetooth function”).
As for the settings on the Bluetooth device, refer to its manual.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Tethering]

Select an item

2

USB tethering: Set whether to use the USB tethering.

･ Check the details of the precautions before use.

Wi-Fi tethering: Set whether to use the Wi-Fi tethering.

･ Check the details of the precautions before use.

Set up Wi-Fi hotspot: Make settings for Wi-Fi tethering such

as network SSID and security.

[USB tethering]

The tethering function is available on Windows Vista, Windows

7, Windows 8 and Linux.

23

Before Using the Handset

A microSD Card inserted in the handset cannot be mounted on

a PC during USB tethering.

For details on USB tethering, refer to the following website.

(http://www.android.com/tether#usb)

[Wi-Fi tethering]

While the handset is functioning as an access point, it cannot

access the Internet via Wi-Fi connection.

Make settings for Wi-Fi access points in [Set up Wi-Fi hotspot].

For details on Wi-Fi tethering, refer to the following website.

(http://www.android.com/tether#wifi)

[Set up Wi-Fi hotspot]

At the time of purchase, Network SSID is set to [SH-05F_AP]

and Security is set to [WPA2 PSK] while Password is set
randomly. Change the settings if necessary.

Setting up mail account

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Email]

1

: Only when an account is not set up, the account setup

screen appears.

Enter mail address and password/[Next]

2

: Provider information is preset for some mail accounts, and a

receiving mail server and a sending mail server are
automatically set.

: When you use an account whose provider information is not

preset, it is necessary to set a receiving mail server and a
sending mail server manually. For details on those settings,
contact the Internet service provider you use.

Set up an account/[Next]

3

Enter an account name and your name/[Next]

4

The account which is registered first is automatically given

priority to normal use. When registering multiple accounts, you
can set an account as prioritized one by enabling [Send email
from this account by default.] at the time of the registration.

When the account type is Exchange, entering

“¥UsernameDomain” in the “Domain¥Username” area may be
required to set a receiving mail server manually depending on
the provider to use. Contact the administrator of the server for
details.

Setting up Google account etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Add

1

account]

Select an account type

2

Set up an account

3

: In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings] to find the added

account on the displayed menu.

When activating the app that requires an account without

setting one up, the account setup screen appears.

Keep a separate memo of the set account and password.

■ Deleting your account

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]

1

Select an account/[z]/[Remove account]/

2

[Remove account]

: Operation methods may differ depending on the account.

■ Retrieving your Google account password

If you forget your Google account password, retrieve it.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Browser]

1

Enter “(http://www.google.com/ncr) ” in the URL

2

entry field/[Go]/[Sign in]/[Need help?]/
follow the instructions on the screen and
operate

: If the URL entry field is hidden, slide the browser screen

down.

Importing/Exporting phonebook

■ Importing from docomo mini UIM card

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]
[z]/[Import/Export]/[Import from SIM card]

2

: If there are multiple accounts, the screen for selecting to

which account to register is displayed.

Select the contact to import

3

: To import all contacts: [z]/[Import all]

■ Importing from microSD Card

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]
[z]/[Import/Export]/[Import from SD card]

2

: If there are multiple accounts, the screen for selecting to

which account to register is displayed.

: If there is only one phonebook data saved on the microSD

Card, the data is automatically imported.

Select the phonebook data to import/[OK]

3

■ Exporting to microSD Card

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]
[z]/[Import/Export]/[Export to SD card]

2

Select the contact to export/[OK]

3

[No]/[Yes]/[OK]

4

Incoming/Charging lamp

The incoming/charging lamp notifies you that there is a
missed call, the handset is being charged, etc. by illuminating/
flashing.

State of lamp Color State of handset

Illuminating Red Charging in progress (Battery level is

Illuminating Green Charging in progress (Battery level is

Flashing Red Charging unavailable

Flashing Green During an incoming call/Call missed

Flashing Yellow New mail received

Flashing Blue New docomo mail received

Flashing Pink Recording with the voice recorder

Flashing White Sending and receiving data via iC

approx. 94% or less)

approx. 95% or more)

communication or NFC
communication

24

Before Using the Handset

When the display is on, the incoming lamp which notifies you of

missed calls, new mails and new docomo mails does not flash.
Check them with notification icons. When notification icons do
not appear since you play videos with Media Player on
horizontal display etc., check them on a screen with the status
bar appearing.

The color of the lamp may appear different depending on the

handset color.

Screen display/Icons

Icons displayed on the status bar at the top of the screen give
you various kinds of information, such as the status of the
handset or the presence of missed calls. You can check the
detailed information by displaying the status panel.

Viewing icons

Two kinds of icons are displayed.

Notification icon: Notifies you of missed calls, new mails, etc.
Status icon: Display the status of the handset such as the

battery level or the signal status.

Status bar

Notification
icon

■ Main notification icon list

Some notification icons appear with their number superimposed.

+: Missed call

?: New SMS
#: New mail
$: New Gmail
C: New message from Hangouts
k: New Area Mail
!: Error

Displayed when an error has occurred.

x: Authentication of docomo ID setting failed
=: Data communication disabled

Displayed when a data communication limit has been reached.

Alarm
.: Alarm sounding/Snooze enabled

%: Alarm terminated (without an operation for ending the alarm)
&: Schedule notification from the calendar

TV information

4 to 5 (blue): Watching Full-Seg/Receiving Full-Seg
6 to 7 (white): Watching 1Seg/Receiving 1Seg
): Recording
(: Recording reservation (appears 5 minutes before recording)

K: Playing music with Media Player

Calling

,: Making a call/Receiving a call/Talking on the handset

-: Putting a call on hold
.: Answering memo
@: Voice mail message

microSD Card

3: Preparing microSD Card
2: Unmounted

I: Scanning the handset memory/microSD Card
1: Available space on the handset memory being run out

G: Omakase Lock set

Status icon

m: [Reader/Writer, P2P] enabled

Bluetooth
;: Receiving registration/connection request from Bluetooth
device

:: Data reception request
<: DUN connection request/DUN connecting

%: USB connection (in Card reader mode connecting)

Data transmission and reception

8: Transmission
H: Reception

:: Finished installing app/App update available

Wi-Fi

E: Open network
G: Wi-Fi connection restriction

h: [USB tethering] enabled
J: [Wi-Fi tethering] enabled
i: [USB tethering] and [Wi-Fi tethering] enabled
o: FM transmitter set to [ON]
\: Bright Keep set to [ON (Notify)]
;: VPN connected
A: Android version upgrade available

Software update

a: Software update available
b: Software update finished

>: Notification icon (not appearing)

GPS positioning status

D: GPS positioning
E: GPS positioning finished

Mobacas signal strength

p: Level 4
q: Level 3
r: Level 2
s: Level 1
t: Outside the service area

■ Main status icon list

.: Alarm set

Battery level

8 to 7: Approx. 100 to 5%
>: Approx. 4% or less

While charging, the battery icon appears with [w]

superimposed.

If [Display left percents of Battery] is enabled, percentage of the

remaining battery level appears on the left side of the battery
icon.

Signal strength

!: Level 4
#: Level 3
$: Level 2
%: Level 1
&: Level 0
(: Outside the service area

During international roaming, [R] appears on the upper left of

the signal icon.

): Airplane mode

3G data communication status

0: 3G available
1: Receiving data via 3G
2: Send

ing data via 3G

3: Sending and receiving data via 3G

25

Before Using the Handset

GSM data communication status

P: GSM available
Q: Receiving data via GSM
R: Sending data via GSM
S: Sending and receiving data via GSM

LTE data communication status

k: LTE available
m: Receiving data via LTE
n: Sending data via LTE
o: Sending and receiving data via LTE

HSPA data communication status

p: HSPA available
q: Receiving data via HSPA
r: Sending data via HSPA
s: Sending and receiving data via HSPA

NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock status

d (blue): Handset or docomo mini UIM card locked
e (blue): Handset and docomo mini UIM card locked

Omakase Lock status
f (red): Handset or docomo mini UIM card locked by remote
control
g (red): Handset and docomo mini UIM card locked by remote
control

S: [Reader/Writer, P2P] enabled

Character entry mode

!: Hiragana/Kanji
$: Full-width alphabet
%: Half-width alphabet
&: Full-width numeric
(: Half-width numeric
): Kuten code

Manner mode status

+: Standard manner
,: Drive mann

-: Silent manner
A

: Talking with a speaker

B: Mute set

Wi-Fi signal strength

(: Level 4
): Level 3
*: Level 2
+: Level 1
,: Level 0

Bluetooth

#: Connection stand-by
$: Connected

Answering memo

P: No answering memo when the answering memo is set
Q: One to nine answering memos when the answering memo is

set
R: Ten answering memos when the answering memo is set

Home network

/: Suspending
. (green): Preparing

- (blue): Running

er

Using the status panel

Drag the status bar down

1

: Alternatively, touch and hold [}] to display the status

panel.

Use the status panel

2

1 Function button area

Make settings for use of the manner mode, Wi-Fi

function, etc. Touch [Rearrange] to rearrange the function
buttons.

2 Enlarge/Reduce bar

Enlarge/Reduce the function button area.

3 Detailed information of Notifications/Ongoing

When there is a corresponding app, touch the detailed

information to activate the app.

Slide your two fingers up/down or pinch out/in to enlarge/

reduce the area.

Some detailed information of Notifications/Ongoing can

be deleted by flicking them to the left/right.

Touch and hold it to display [App info] and check

information on the app.

Touch [Call] to make a call to the other party.
Touch [Send SMS] to send an SMS to the other party.

4 Detailed information of Status

When there is a corresponding app, touch the detailed

information to activate the app.

5 Close bar

Drag it up to close the status panel.

6 Settings

Activate the “Settings” app.

: Touch [O] to delete the detailed information of Notifications/

Ongoing and notification icons.

26

Before Using the Handset

Home screen

Widgets Sheet

Home screen layout

A home app which enables you to find intended apps quickly
and operate the handset intuitively. You can choose and use
whichever sheet that fits your preferences from among Apps
Sheet, Widgets Sheet or Shortcuts Sheet.

Touch Sheet Switcher or flick a sheet to the left/right to switch

sheets.

If you install a new app, its icon is added to the Apps Sheet.
If you uninstall an app, its icon is deleted from the Apps Sheet.

Apps Sheet

Shortcuts Sheet

1 Sheet Switcher

Touch and hold a tab and drag it to another one to move the

sheet.

2 App
3 Separator

Pinch out in the home screen to add a separator. You can

delete the separator by pinching it in.

4 Navigation keys

Navigation keys (other than }) of the home screen can be

set in [Home settings] (nP. 27 “Setting the home screen”).

5 Machi-Chara
6 Widget

Use simple functions such as a calendar or pedometer.

7 Shortcut

Quickly activate a frequently used app.

8 Folder

Drag an icon onto another one to create a folder on the Apps

Sheet/Shortcuts Sheet. If you create a folder, you can store
apps/shortcuts into it.

Managing the home screen

■ Setting the home screen

In the home screen, slide the top of any sheet

1

down/[Home settings]

Select an item

2

Video tutorial: Check how to use the handset.
Display Google Search: Set whether to display Google

Search on the Widgets Sheet.

Social Board: Make settings for Social Board. If you add

Social Board on the Widgets Sheet, you can check
information from registered SNSs.

Layout Setting: Set how icons are laid out on the Apps Sheet/

Shortcuts Sheet.

Switch Navibar setting: Set a type of the navigation keys to

display in the home screen.

Navibar application settings: Set which apps to be allocated

as navigation keys if Switch Navibar setting is set to
[Custom].

Scroll setting: Set an operation of scrolling.
Magical theme settings/wallpaper: Switch wallpapers, icons,

etc. collectively according to the work theme.
･ When you switch themes, the wallpaper of the Welcome

Sheet (Lock Screen) and home screen is set to [Disney
Magical Moments].

[Layout Setting]

If you set Layout Setting to [Simple], only the Apps Sheet is

displayed and icons and characters become larger.

[Switch Navibar setting]

If Switch Navibar setting is set to [Standard], the same

navigation keys as those on the other screens ({/|/z)
are displayed.

■ Adding widgets/shortcuts

In the home screen, slide the top of any sheet

1

down/[Add widget]/[Add shortcut]

Select a widget/shortcut

2

■ Moving apps/widgets/shortcuts

In the home screen, touch and hold an app/a

1

widget/a shortcut

Drag it to the destination

2

27

Before Using the Handset

■ Managing apps/widgets/shortcuts

In the home screen, touch and hold an app/a

1

widget/a shortcut

Select an item

2

Add to shortcut: Add a shortcut to the app on the Shortcuts

Sheet.

Add to widget: Add a shortcut to the app on the Widgets

Sheet.

App Info: Display information on the app.
Delete app: Uninstall the app.
Resize: Change the size of the widget.
Peel off: Delete the widget/shortcut.
Move to widget: Move the shortcut to the Widgets Sheet.

[Peel off]

Apps are not uninstalled even if their shortcuts are deleted.

■ Renaming folders

In the home screen, select a folder

1

Touch the folder name

2

Enter a folder name

3

App list

A separate paid subscription will be required for using some

apps.

The followings are the apps installed by default.

Icon App Description

Alarm/Clock Use Alarm (nP. 60 “Alarm”), WorldClock

Album Sort images and videos by people, event

Anshin
Scan

Browser Display websites via packet

Calculator Use a calculator (nP. 62 “Calculator”).

Calendar Manage the schedule.

Camera Shoot with the camera (nP. 54 “Before

Chrome Display websites via packet

Contents
Manager

Disaster kit An app to use Disaster Message Board,

(nP. 61 “WorldClock”), StopWatch
(nP. 61 “StopWatch”) and Timer
(nP. 61 “Timer”).

and location and use them
(nP. 57 “Album”).

An app to use smartphones safely by

*1, 2

detecting viruses, checking apps which
deal with personal data, giving you a
warning when you try accessing offensive
websites, etc.

communication or Wi-Fi function
(nP. 45 “Displaying websites”).

using camera”).

communication or Wi-Fi function.

Manage data stored on the handset
memory and the microSD Card
(nP. 77 “Contents Manager”).

Disaster Voice Messaging and Early
Warning “Area Mail”.

Icon App Description

Disney
Cinema

Disney
Magical
Alarm

Disney Mail
Maker

DisneyMusic
Player

Disneyマー
ケット
(Disney
Market)

*1, 2

Dlife

dmarket

dmenu

docomo
backup

docomo

*1, 2

mail

docomo
phonebook

Downloads Manage data such as images downloaded

Lines up the best video contents from

*1, 2

popular live action movies to animation
works provided by Disney! This is the
premium video service only for you.

An alarm widget easy to use which
enables you to enjoy the worlds of six

*1

works. If you change the worlds of six
works by Magical Theme Changer, the
designs of the widgets are also
automatically switched.

A Deco-mail converter app which can be

*1

activated from docomo mail. It activates
alone to create and link Deco-mail as well!

An original music player app provided by

*1

Disney. You can manage and play all
music data as well as Disney ones. This
app can be controlled anytime from the
home screen since a widget function is
installed. Also, Disney music data are
delivered every month for free and a lot of
original music data arranged for Disney
Mobile are available.

Disney Market is a convenient portal
website for providing various “Disney
apps” or recommended information by

*1, 2

Disney. Check here for the latest
information (nP. 47 “Disney Market”)!

Enjoy dramas, movies, variety shows and
news which are popular worldwide
anytime and anywhere! Best-selected
programs are delivered from “Dlife”, a BS
channel, which advises you that new
styles be applied on your everyday
selections.

*1

An app which handles various products
such as music and books and enables you
to purchase ones that satisfy your needs
(nP. 47 “dmarket”).

*1

A shortcut app to “dmenu”. In dmenu, you
can easily search enjoyable and
convenient contents exclusively dedicated
to smartphones as well as the contents
used in i-mode (nP. 47 “dmenu”).

An app to back up to/restore from “Data
Storage Box” or “microSD Card”
(nP. 65 “Backing up to/Restoring from
Data Storage Box”, P. 66 “Backing up to/
Restoring from a microSD Card”).

An app to send and receive mails using
mail address of DOCOMO
(@docomo.ne.jp). Same mails can be
viewed from multiple devices and mail
data can be easily transferred when you
change models, since sent and received
mails are saved on cloud computing. Also,
pictograms and Deco-mail are available.
Automatic reception is also supported
(nP. 41 “docomo mail”).

Manage contacts using the phonebook
app provided by DOCOMO
(nP. 39 “Adding contacts to
phonebook”).

from websites.

28

Before Using the Handset

Icon App Description

Drive Save images, videos, etc. on Google

Drive

™

or share them.

Email Use Email (nP. 42 “Email”).

Gmail Use Gmail (nP. 43 “Gmail”).

Google Use quick search box

(nP. 19 “Searching information on the
handset and websites”).

Google
Settings

Make settings for various Google services,
such as accessing Google+ and apps
which link up with Google+, collectively.

Google+ Use Google+ (Photos, Communities,

Locations, Hangouts, Events, etc.).

Hangouts Use Hangouts (nP. 60 “Hangouts”).

“Happiness is
Here” Live
Wallpaper

Provides children of all generations with
music, dream and friendship... Let’s share

*1

superb “Happiness”. This app gives you
live wallpapers of “Happiness is Here”, the
day parade of Tokyo Disney Resort

IC Tag/
Barcode
Reader

iDアプリ (iD
appli)

Instruction
Manual

ｉコンシェル
(i-concier)

Local Search for facilities near your present

An app to read information written on IC
tags and bar codes.

An app to make settings for using

*1

electronic money iD etc. (nP. 49 “iD
appli”)

Instruction manual for the handset. You

*1, 2

can also activate the functions to use
directly from the explanations on the
manual.

An app to use i-concier. i-concier is a

*1

service to have your mobile phone support
your life like a “butler” or “concierge”.

location according to genre
(nP. 60 “Local”).

Magic
Camera
Welcome

Maps Measure your present location, use the

A hands-on AR app which expresses
gratitude for your purchase of the handset

*1

and welcome you to Disney Mobile. When
you hold the camera over the cover of
included Welcome Card, Disney mascots
appear.

navigation function to check how to get to
your destination in detail, etc.
(nP. 59 “Maps”)

Media Player An app to play music and videos

(nP. 58 “Media Player”).

Memo An app to create and manage memos

(nP. 62 “Memo”). Its data is shared with
the Schedule app. The i-concier is
supported.

Messaging Use SMS (nP. 41 “SMS”).

Music Play music.

Icon App Description

Navigation Search for a route from the present

location to the destination
(nP. 59 “Navigation”).

*1

NOTTV

Watch Mobacas. You can enjoy programs
and contents of broadcast stations such as
“NOTTV” (nP. 50 “Mobacas”).

OfficeSuite Use OfficeSuite.

For details on supported files, in the

home screen, [APPS]/[OfficeSuite]/
[z]/[Help]/[Help] to refer to help.

Osaifu-Keitai Use Osaifu-Keitai (nP. 48 “Using

Phone Use Phone and make settings for Phone

“Osaifu-Keitai compatible services””).

(nP. 35 “Making a call”).

Photos Manage images and videos.

Play Books Purchase e-books, read the purchased

Play Games Search for new games or play favorite

®

.

Play Movies

e-books or browse samples by connecting
to Google Play.

games.

Rent and watch movies.

& TV

Play Store Use Google Play (nP. 47 “Play Store”).

Schedule An app to create and manage schedules

(nP. 61 “Schedule”). Its data is shared
with the Memo app. The i-concier is
supported.

Settings Make various settings for the handset.

SH tool Use convenient functions such as voice

The same operation can be performed

as in the home screen, slide the top of
any sheet down/[Settings].

recorder, business card reader, bar code
reader and dictionaries (nP. 62 “SH
tool”).

Tokyo Disney
Resort
Machijikannabi

*1, 2

ToruCa

Translation
finder

An app to check your present location on
the map of Tokyo Disneyland/Tokyo
DisneySea and get various information
such as waiting time for attraction.

*1

An app which enables you to store value
coupons of your favorite shops, useful
information, etc. in one place
(nP. 49 “ToruCa”).

Have English texts translated into
Japanese in real time just by holding the
camera over English texts. You can also
shoot what you can see in Translation
finder and select characters to search
them with the dictionary or browser
(nP. 56 “Translation finder”).

TV Use TV (Full-Seg/1Seg) (nP. 52 “TV

(Full-Seg/1Seg)”).

Twitter An official client app of Twitter. You can

communicate with other people by sharing
short messages on websites.

29

Before Using the Handset

Icon App Description

Voice Search Search information of websites by voice

YouTube Use YouTube (nP. 60 “YouTube”).

遠隔サポート
(Remote
support)

しゃべってコ
ンシェル

(Shabette­Concier)

データ保管

BOX (Data
Storage

*1, 2

Box)

フォトコレク
ション

(Photo
Collection)

2

メーカーアプ
リ (maker

appli)

*1 This is provided in Japanese.
*2 When you use this app for the first time, you need to download

it. Packet communication charges are incurred separately for
downloading apps.

Some of the apps installed by default can be uninstalled. You

may be able to download uninstalled apps again from Play Store
(nP. 47 “Play Store”) or Disney Market (nP. 47 “Disney
Market”).

(nP. 19 “Searching information on the
handset and websites”).

An app to use “Smartphone Anshin
Remote Support”. “Smartphone Anshin

*1

Remote Support” is a service that gives
you operational support by having the
handset screen you are using checked by
special staff at a call center remotely
(nP. 91 “Smartphone Anshin Remote
Support”).

An app which gives you best answers by
figuring out what you really want to know
once you tell the handset what you want to

*1

do, what you want to know, etc.

An app to use Data Storage Box. Data
Storage Box is a service which enables
you to upload necessary files and easily
manage them in cloud computing.

A service to back up photos and videos of
up to 5 GB to cloud computing for free and
access them from smartphones, tablets,

*1,

PCs, etc.

Connect to the SHARP website.

*1

Quick Launcher

You can quickly use app usage history items, the apps/
shortcuts set in Favorites or mini apps/widgets by switching
tabs.

Set Recent apps key to [Quick Launcher] in advance

(nP. 69 “Useful”).

1 App usage history item

Touch it to activate the app.
Flick it down to delete the history item.
Touch and hold it to delete the history item and check

information on the app.

2 Activation status

Show whether the app is running in the background or

not. Apps not running are displayed in gray.

3 Clear All

Touch it to delete all app usage history items.

Some apps may not be displayed in the history.

Favorites

You can quickly activate apps just by touching icons if you set
apps or shortcuts in Favorites.

[}]/[Favorites]

1

Select an app/a shortcut

2

■ Adding favorites

[}]/[Favorites]/[+]

1

Select an app/a shortcut to add

2

■ Moving favorites

[}]/[Favorites]

1

Touch and hold an app/a shortcut/drag it to

2

the destination

■ Hiding favorites

[}]/[Favorites]

1

Touch and hold an app/a shortcut/[Peel off]

2

Mini app/Widget

You can use mini apps and widgets which enable you to watch
TV, videos, YouTube, etc. while using another app.

[}]/[Mini apps]

1

Select a mini app/widget

2

Use the mini app/widget

3

History

You can activate apps by displaying the history of recently
used apps.

[}]/[History]

1

Use a history item

2

30

1 Title bar

Drag it to the destination to move the mini app/widget.
The following operations are available with displayed

keys.

･ To activate a usual app: [k]
･ To minimize the mini app/return it to the original size:

[s]/[j]

･ To display the menu: [i]
･ To end the mini app/widget: [c]

* As for the mini TV, mini Video or mini Net Video, touch

[-]/[m] to return it to the mini app.

*

Before Using the Handset

2 Mini app/Widget display

Touch it to display the title bar and controller when they

are not displayed.

Touch and hold it and drag it to another app such as the

“Email” app while the app is running to copy characters,
images, etc. and paste them.

3 Controller

The following operations are available with displayed

keys.
･ To change the size of the mini app/widget: Drag [a]

Operations on mini TV

･ To select a station with UP/DOWN: [h]/[g]
･ To set the receiving method: [n]/[o]/[r]/select

an item

Operations on mini Video/mini Net Video

･ To pause/play the data: [e]/[f]
･ To display the data list screen: [d]

When you play videos with another app while a mini app is

being used, videos may not be displayed properly.

■ Adding mini apps/widgets

[}]/[Mini apps]/[+]

1

[Add mini application]/[Add widget]

2

Select a mini app/widget to add

3

■ Moving mini apps/widgets

[}]/[Mini apps]

1

Touch and hold a mini app/widget/drag it to

2

the destination

■ Managing mini apps/widgets

[}]/[Mini apps]

1

Touch and hold a mini app/widget

2

Select an item

3

Peel off: Hide the mini app or widget.
Change name: Change the name of the widget.

Recent Apps

You can activate apps by displaying the history of recently
used apps. Also, you can use the user-aid function, apps such
as KAKU Notepad and Childlock, and shortcuts.

Set Recent apps key to [Recent applications] in advance

(nP. 69 “Useful”).

[}]

1

Use a history item/an app

2

1 User-aid function

Touch it to quickly activate the apps supporting the

user-aid function.

2 Copy Anywhere

Copy characters on a screen being displayed.

3 KAKU Notepad

Create handwritten notes on a screen being displayed.

4 Childlock

Set Childlock to disable operations available by touching

or the navigation keys. Childlock is canceled when you
press H or the display is turned off.

5 Another View

Activate mini apps/widgets (nP. 30 “Mini app/Widget”).

6 Dictionary

Activate a dictionary.

7 Clear All

Touch it to delete all app usage history items.

8 App usage history item

Touch it to activate the app.
Flick it to the left/right to delete the history item.
Touch and hold it to delete the history item and check

information on the app.

9 Activation status

Show whether the app is running in the background or

not. Apps not running are displayed in gray.

Some apps may not be displayed in the history.

■ Managing apps/shortcuts

[}]

1

Touch and hold an app/a shortcut/[i]

2

Select an item

3

Select Application or Shortcut: Set an app/a shortcut.
To default: Reset the app/shortcut to the default status.
Peel off: Hide the app/shortcut.

31

Before Using the Handset

Magical Theme Changer Home applications

This is a widget for Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen) which
enables you to switch wallpapers, icons, etc. collectively
according to the work theme.

When you switch themes, the wallpaper of the Welcome Sheet

(Lock Screen) and home screen is set to [Disney Magical
Moments]. However, when [Welcome Sheet wallpaper] is set to
an item other than [Disney Magical Moments], the wallpaper of
the Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen) changes only after Screen
lock is disabled once and the Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen) is
displayed next time.

To display an alarm linked to a theme, add [Disney Magical

Alarm], a widget.

In the Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen), flick the

1

Info Area to the left/right to display [Magical
Theme Changer]

: Alternatively, in the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

[Magical Theme Settings] to select a theme and switch to it.

Touch the work icon

2

Select a work icon

3

: Shake the handset to set a theme randomly.

1 Work icons
2 Voice input

Speak a work name, mascot name, etc.

microphone to set a theme.

* Such as “Thru the Mirror”, “Aladdin”, “Mickey”, “Tinker

Bell”, “Bibidi Babidi Boo” and “You Can Fly”

*

to the

Switch lock screens or home apps to use.

The following home apps are registered on the handset by

default.
docomo LIVE UX

A home app optimized for smartphones provided by
DOCOMO.

docomo Simple UI

A home app which is designed to enable customers having
been using i-mode mobile phones (feature phones) to use
smartphones easily.

3-Line Home

A home app which enables you to find intended apps quickly
and operate the handset intuitively. Just by flicking your finger
to the left/right, you can choose and use whichever sheet that
fits your preferences from among Apps Sheet, Widgets Sheet
or Shortcuts Sheet.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Home applications]

Select an item

2

Batch change lock screen/ home application: Switch lock

screens and home apps.
･ When you select [Feel UX], the lock screen is set to

Welcome Sheet (Lock Screen) and the home app is set to
3-Line Home.

Home applications: Switch home apps.

32

Before Using the Handset

docomo LIVE UX

Home screen

Home screen layout

The followings describe the layout of the home screen to be
displayed when the home app is switched to docomo LIVE UX.
In the home screen, you can activate apps by selecting apps or
the quick menu or use widgets.

If you install a new app, its icon is added to the home screen.

1 Machi-Chara
2 App
3 Indicator

Indicates the displayed page with [U].

4 Display app screen

Display the app screen.

5 Widget

Use simple functions such as a calendar or pedometer.

6 Folder

When a folder is added, you can store apps into the folder.

7 My magazine

Use My magazine (nP. 34 “My magazine”).

8 Quick menu

Quickly activate an app from any page of the home screen.

You can display the home screen list by pinching in on the home

screen.

Flick the home screen down to display the app screen.
Flick the home screen up to use My magazine.

Managing the home screen

■ Setting the home screen

Touch and hold the home screen

1

Select an item

2

Show apps: Display the Apps tab of the app screen.
Show widgets: Display the Widgets tab of the app screen.
Create folder: Add a folder.
Change Kisekae: Change the kisekae. For details on kisekae

nP. 33 “Changing kisekae”

Change wallpaper: Display the Wallpapers tab of the app

screen. For details on wallpapers nP. 33 “Changing
wallpapers”

Machi-Chara display setting: Make settings for Machi-Chara.
Home screens: Display the home screen list.

■ Setting quick menu

You can set apps etc. in the quick menu.
You can set up to three apps etc. in the quick menu.

In the home screen, touch and hold an app etc.

1

Drag it to the quick menu

2

■ Moving apps etc.

In the home screen, touch and hold an app etc.

1

Drag it to the destination

2

: If you drag it to the end of the page, the previous/next page is

displayed and you can move it to the previous/next page.

: Drag an app onto another one to create a folder storing the

two apps.

■ Restoring apps to the app screen

In the home screen, touch and hold an app

1

Drag it to [Back to apps list]

2

■ Deleting widgets etc.

In the home screen, touch and hold a widget

1

etc.

Drag it to [Remove from Home screen]

2

Apps are not uninstalled even if the folder storing the apps is

deleted.

■ Uninstalling apps

In the home screen, touch and hold an app

1

Drag it to [Uninstall]/[OK]

2

■ Renaming folders

In the home screen, select a folder

1

Touch the folder name

2

Enter a folder name

3

Changing kisekae

In the home screen, [z]/[Kisekae]

1

Select kisekae/[Set]

2

Changing wallpapers

In the home screen, [R]/[Wallpapers]

1

Select data/[For all screens]/[Just for this

2

screen]/[OK]

: As for [Album] or [Contents manager], select the parts to cut

and select [Save].

: As for [Live Wallpapers] or [Wallpaper gallery], select [Set

wallpaper]/[Set to wallpaper].

: As for [Photos], select the parts to cut and select [Done].

Managing pages

■ Adding pages

You can add up to seven pages.

In the home screen, pinch in/[+]

1

■ Sorting pages

In the home screen, pinch in/touch and hold a

1

thumbnail

Drag it to the destination

2

■ Deleting pages

In the home screen, pinch in/[[]

1

33

docomo LIVE UX

App screen

App screen layout

Loaded apps that are not added to the home screen are
displayed as icons in the app screen. Select an icon to activate
an app. Also, you can add widgets and change wallpapers.

If you uninstall an app, its icon is deleted.

1 App
2 Indicator

Indicates the displayed page with [V].

3 Home screen

Part of the home screen remains to be displayed.
Flick it up to display the home screen.

4 Apps tab

Display apps that are not added to the home screen.

5 Widgets tab

Add widgets to the home screen.

6 Wallpapers tab

Change wallpapers.

7 Recommends button

Display apps recommended by DOCOMO.

8 Menu

Display available functions (menu).

Managing apps

■ Moving apps to the home screen

In the home screen, [R]/touch and hold an

1

app

Drag it to the home screen

2

■ Moving apps

In the home screen, [R]/touch and hold an

1

app

Drag it to the destination

2

■ Uninstalling apps

In the home screen, [R]/touch and hold an

1

app
Drag it to [Uninstall]/[OK]

2

Installing recommended apps

Apps recommended by DOCOMO are displayed when you
touch the Recommends button of the app screen.

In the home screen, [R]/[Recommends]

1

: When you use this for the first time, select [おすすめアプリ

を見る] (See recommended apps).

Select an app

2

: The screen for downloading the app is displayed.
: If you touch [おすすめアプリをすべて見る] (See all the

recommended apps), the browser is activated and
recommended apps are displayed.

My magazine

This is a search engine to display articles of genres you
choose. It helps you set search keywords by guessing your
preferences from the history of articles you have read or from
information on your profile to make the settings come to
match your preferences.

Setting genres

In the home screen, [S]

1

: When you activate this for the first time, the genre selection

screen is displayed. You can set genres to display by
selecting ones and touching [OK].

[T]/[My Magazine settings]/[Display

2

category setting]
Select genres/[OK]

3

Viewing articles

In the home screen, [S]

1

: An article list screen sorted by genre is displayed.

Select an article

2

: To change genres to display: Flick the article list screen to

the left/right

1 Settings

Change genres to display or make settings for My

magazine.

2 Article

Display articles.

3 See more info

Display articles which are not displayed in the article list

screen as a list.

4 Search

Information on apps

In the home screen, [R]/[z]/[About]

1

34

docomo LIVE UX

Call

You can use the phone and phonebook, and make settings for
call, voice/answering memo, operations available when calls
are received, etc.

Making a call

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[Dial]

1

Enter a phone number

2

: Always enter the city code, even when it is a local number.
: You can set to notify/not to notify the other party of your

phone number for each call by adding “186”/“184” to the
head of the phone number.

1 Call

Make a call. Also, if there are outgoing call history items,

touch it to enter the latest one when the phone number
has not been entered.

2 Delete

Delete an entered number.
Touch and hold it to delete all the entered numbers.

3 Outgoing/Incoming call history
4 Favorites

Display the contacts set as favorites.

5 Dial

Display the dial screen.

6 Add to phonebook
7 Koe-no-Takuhaibin

For details on Koe-no-Takuhaibin, refer to the DOCOMO

website.

8 Phonebook

Display the phonebook.

[0]

3

[End] to end the call

4

If you talk on the handset with your hair put between the

earpiece and your ear, the proximity sensor may not work
properly. The screen may be kept turned on and the call may be
interrupted when the screen is touched accidentally.

Entering touch-tone signals

When using services in which you are required to enter
numbers additionally during a call, such as inquiry about the
balance in your bank account or ticket reservation, enter
pause (,)/wait (;) after entering a phone number to make a call
with an additional number added to the main phone number.

■ Adding 2 seconds pause

After making a call to a main phone number, the handset
automatically pauses for 2 seconds and an additional number is
sent.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[Dial]

1

Enter a phone number/[z]/[Add 2-sec

2

pause]
Enter a number to send/[0]

3

■ Adding wait

After making a call to a main phone number, the handset
automatically waits and then a screen asking whether to send an
additional number is displayed. Touch [Yes] to send an additional
number.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[Dial]

1

Enter a phone number/[z]/[Add wait]

2

Enter a number to send/[0]

3

[Yes] during the call

4

Emergency call

Emergency calls Phone number

Police 110

Fire and ambulance 119

Marine emergency 118

The handset supports “Emergency call location notification”.

When you make a call to an emergency number such as 110,
119 and 118, the information of your location (location
information) is automatically notified to the agency that has
received the emergency call (e.g. the police station). Depending
on your location and the reception status of the signal, the
agency that has received the emergency call may not be able to
confirm the exact location.
If you are not sending your caller ID by calling with “184” added
or other means, your location information and phone number
are not notified. However, if the agency that has received the
emergency call considers your location information and phone
number necessary for important purposes, such as life saving,
the agency may retrieve them regardless of your settings.
In addition, the area/timing to introduce “Emergency call
location notification” depends on the state of preparation in
each agency that receives emergency calls.

In Japan, you cannot make a call to the emergency number

(110, 119 or 118) when a docomo mini UIM card is not inserted,
while the PIN code is locked, from the PUK (PIN Unlock Key)
entry screen or from the password entry screen for decrypting
the storage.

When calling 110, 119 and 118 from your handset, the police or

fire stations may return your call for verification purposes. State
that you are calling from a mobile phone, and give your phone
number and exact present location.
Remain stationary to ensure that the call is not disconnected
while you are on the line, and keep the handset turned on to
receive calls for approximately 10 minutes afterwards.

Depending on the region, calls to the police or fire station of the

local area may not be made.

When you make a call to the emergency number (110, 119 or

118) while Reject call setting is set, items of Reject call setting
are set to [OFF].

35

Call

International call (WORLD CALL)

WORLD CALL is an international calling service available from
DOCOMO devices in Japan.

Contact the number listed in “General Inquiries” on the last page

for details on WORLD CALL.

To make an international call through a company other than

DOCOMO, contact the respective companies for instructions.

The caller ID may not be notified or displayed correctly

depending on overseas network operators. In this case, making
a call with incoming call history is not available.

[Calling Method]

When calling to a land-line phone: 010/country code/area

code (city code)/the other party’s phone number/[0]

When calling to a mobile phone: 010/country code/the other

party’s mobile phone number/[0]

･ As for the other parties’ mobile phone numbers and area codes

(city codes) that begin with “0”, omit the first “0” when entering
(except some countries or regions such as Italy).

･ Alternatively, enter “009130-010” as usual or “+” instead of

“010”.

Receiving a call

When a call is received, the ringtone sounds

1

and the incoming lamp flashes

Incoming lamp

Receive the call

2

: Operate after touching [Activate].

1 Reject call with SMS

You can reject the incoming call and send a selected

SMS message to the other party.

2 Reject

You can reject the incoming call.

3 Accept

You can answer the call.

[End] to end the call

3

■ Placing a call on hold

When a call is received, the ringtone sounds

1

and the incoming lamp flashes
[z]/[On hold]

2

■ Answering by answering memo

When a call is received, the ringtone sounds

1

and the incoming lamp flashes
[z]/[Absence Memo]

2

Playing an answering memo

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[z]/

1

[Call settings]

[Call/Ans Memo]/[Answering Memo List]/

2

select an answering memo

Operation during a call

You can carry out operations such as using a hands-free call
and adjusting the in-call volume according to the usage
condition during a call.

1 Add call

2 End

3 Dialpad

4 Hold

5 Mute

6 Speaker

* Subscription to Call Waiting Service is required.

Note the followings to use hands-free.

■ Adjusting the in-call volume

1
2

3

■ Using Noise suppression

When Noise suppression is set to [ON], you can measure ambient
noises using the out-microphone and communicate by making your
voices sound clear during a call.

1
2
3

Noise suppression processes voices to make conversations

When using Noise suppression, make sure not to cover the

*

Place a current call on hold and make a call to another party.

End a call.

You can enter touch-tone signals.

Hold/Unhold a current call.
If you have added a call, [Switch] is displayed. Touch it to

switch to whom you talk.

Enable or disable mute setting on a current call.

You can talk with hands-free.
When a Bluetooth device is connected, you can switch sound

emitting parts.

･ Speak approximately 20 to 40 cm away from the mouthpiece.

When the surroundings are noisy, the sound may break up
and the call may not be satisfactory.

･ When calling outdoors, in a location where surroundings are

noisy and where the sound echoes loudly, use an earphone/
microphone.

･ If the sound breaks up during a hands-free call, lower the

in-call volume.

[x]/[y] during a call

[+]/[-]

: Alternatively, touch [x]/[y] to adjust the volume.

[Close]

[x]/[y] during a call

[OFF]/[ON] of Noise suppression

[Close]

sound clear. Sound quality may vary depending on the
surrounding noises and the tone of the voice.

hole of the out-microphone and move the mouthpiece as close
to your mouth as possible for speaking.

36

Call

■ Using Slow Talk

When Slow talk is set to [ON], the speed of the other party’s voice is
slowed down during a call and you can hear the voice well.

[x]/[y] during a call

1

[OFF]/[ON] of Slow talk

2

[Close]

3

■ Displaying phonebook

[z] during a call/[Address Book]

1

■ Voice memo

[z] during a call/[Sound Memo]

1

[Stop]

2

: Operate after touching [Activate].

■ Checking your own phone number

[z] during a call/[Profile]

1

Outgoing/Incoming call history

The handset memory keeps a record of the 500 most recent
outgoing and incoming call history items in total.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[Recent

1

calls]/[Outgoing]/[Incoming]

Select a history item

2

Outgoing call history list screen

Incoming call history list screen

1 History icon

Normal outgoing call

C

Normal incoming call

D

Missed call

E

2 The other party’s name/phone number
3 Date and time of outgoing/incoming call
4 Status icon

5 Koe-no-Takuhaibin icon
6 Outgoing call icon

Touch to make a call.

*

Outgoing call with the notification

@

Outgoing call without the notification

A

* Appears if you add “186”/“184” to the head of the phone

number or if, in the dial screen, enter the phone number and
[z]/[Caller ID notification]/[Notify]/[Not notify] to/not to
notify the caller ID.

[Call]

3

: To compose and send SMS: [Send SMS]/compose and

send SMS

: To record with Koe-no-Takuhaibin: [Record

Koe-no-Takuhaibin]

: To register to the phonebook: [Add Phonebook]/select a

destination/set each item/[Save]

Deleting outgoing/incoming call history

■ Deleting all history items

In the outgoing/incoming call history list

1

screen, [z]/[Delete all]/[OK]

■ Deleting one history item

In the outgoing/incoming call history list

1

screen, touch and hold a history item/[Delete
from call log]/[OK]

Voice/Answering memo

You can play or set the voice/answering memo. If you set the
answering memo, the handset answers a call and records the
caller’s message when you cannot answer.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[z]/

1

[Call settings]/[Call/Ans Memo]

Select an item

2

Answering Memo List: Play or delete answering memos etc.
Voice Memo List: Play or delete voice memos etc.
Answering memo setting: Make settings for operations of the

answering memo.

Answering message setting: Make settings for the reply

message of the answering memo.

Answer time setting: Make settings for how long before the

answering memo answers a call.

Up to ten answering memos and voice memos (approximately

60 seconds per memo) can be recorded respectively.

If the number of saved answering memos exceeds the

maximum number to be saved, answering memos which have
been played are deleted from the oldest one. If no answering
memo has been played, the handset does not answer calls by
the answering memo.

If the number of saved voice memos exceeds the maximum

number to be saved, they are deleted from the oldest one.

Call settings/Other

You can make settings for call such as voice mail and call
rejection.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[z]/

1

[Call settings]

: Alternatively, in the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Call]

to make settings for call.

Select an item

2

Network service: For details nP. 38 “Network service”
Quick silent: Set whether to temporarily stop the ringtone by

turning the handset back on receiving a call.

37

Call

Call/Ans Memo: For details nP. 37 “Voice/Answering

memo”

Roaming settings: For details nP. 88 “Roaming settings”
Advanced call settings: For details nP. 38 “Advanced call

settings”

Call time: For details nP. 38 “Call time”
Sound & Vibration settings: For details nP. 38 “Sound &

vibration settings”

Reject SMS: Edit texts to use for Reject call with SMS.
Contact docomo: For details nP. 38 “Contacting docomo”
Open source licenses: Display the open source licenses.
SIP Accounts: Make settings for an account for Internet call.
Use Internet calling: Set whether to use Internet call.

Network service

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[z]/

1

[Call settings]/[Network service]

Select an item

2

Koe-no-Takuhaibin: Record or play voice messages with

simple operations.

Voice mail service: A service to answer calls with a reply

message and record callers’ messages for you.

Call forwarding service: A service to forward calls.
Call waiting: A service to place the current call on hold and

answer a new incoming call when receiving a call during
another call.

Caller ID notification: Display your phone number on the

other party’s phone when you make a call.

Nuisance call blocking service: Register and reject phone

numbers of “nuisance calls” such as prank calls.

Caller ID display request service: Answer calls without

notifications of phone number and play the guidance for
asking notifications of the numbers.

Second call settings: Deal with an incoming call during

another call by a method determined in advance.

Call notification: Notify you of incoming call information with

SMS.

English guidance: Play the guidance for setting each network

service and the voice guidance stating that the handset is
outside the service area etc. in English.

Remote operation settings: Operate Voice Mail Service, Call

Forwarding Service, etc. from a touch-tone land-line phone,
pay phone, mobile phone provided by DOCOMO, etc.

Public mode (power OFF) settings: Play a message stating

that you are in a place that does not allow the use of mobile
phone and automatically disconnect the call when receiving
a call with the handset turned off.

Advanced call settings

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[z]/

1

[Call settings]/[Advanced call settings]

Select an item

2

Sub address settings: Set whether to use “＊” included in a

phone number as a separator for the sub address.

Prefix settings: Make settings for the prefix number.
Reject call setting: For details nP. 38 “Reject call setting”

Reject call setting

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[z]/

1

[Call settings]/[Advanced call settings]/
[Reject call setting]

Enter the passcode/[OK]

2

Select an item

3

Reject specified numbers call: Set to reject incoming calls

only from the specified callers.
･ To edit a specified number: [z]/[Edit]/edit the phone

number

Reject unregistered call: Set to reject incoming calls from

callers not registered in the phonebook.

Reject private number call: Set to reject incoming calls from

callers not notifying their phone numbers.

Reject call from pay phone: Set to reject incoming calls from

pay phones.

Reject unknown call: Set to reject incoming calls from callers

whose phone numbers cannot be notified.

[Reject unregistered call]

Even if you set Reject unregistered call, calls from contacts for

whom the secrecy setting is set are received. The name
registered in the phonebook does not appear and only the
phone number appears.

Call time

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[z]/

1

[Call settings]/[Call time]

Select an item

2

Cumulated call time: Display the cumulated call time.
Reset cumulated call time: Reset the cumulated call time.
Auto-reset: Set whether to automatically reset the cumulated

call time on the first day of every month.

Sound & vibration settings

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[z]/

1

[Call settings]/[Sound & Vibration settings]

Select an item

2

Phone ringtone: Set the ringtone.
Vibrate on ring: Set whether to activate the vibrator when

receiving a call.

Dialpad touch tones: Set whether or not to enable dialing

sounds.

Contacting docomo

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[z]/

1

[Call settings]/[Contact docomo]

Select an item

2

ドコモ故障問合せ (Inquiries to DOCOMO about

malfunctions): Make a call for inquiries about malfunctions.

ドコモ総合案内・受付 (General inquiries to DOCOMO):

Make a call for general inquiries.

海外紛失・盗難等 (Inquiries about loss, theft, etc. while

overseas): Make a call for inquiries about loss, theft, etc.
from overseas.

海外故障 (Inquiries about malfunctions while overseas):

Make a call for inquiries about malfunctions from overseas.

Setting start-up screen

You can set the screen displayed when you operate as follows.
In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone].

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]

1

[Recent calls]/[Favorites]/[Dial]

2

[z]/[Set start-up screen]

3

38

Call

The start-up screen may not follow the setting depending on the

home app in use.

Phonebook

You can manage contacts and check My profile.

Adding contacts to phonebook

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]/[Register]

: When the confirmation screen for using cloud computing is

displayed, check the content and select [Use]/[Not use].

: If there are multiple accounts, the screen for selecting to

which account to register is displayed.

Set each item

2

: Information which can be registered may differ depending on

the account type.

1 Image

Register an image to display when making and receiving

a call or checking the contact.

2 First name, Last name
3 Group
4 Ringtone
5 Lamp type
6 Lamp color
7 Phone number
8 Mail address
9 SNS・Blog
a Others

Register information such as the address and

organization.

b Add

Add the phone number/mail address etc. to register.

c Delete

Delete the phone number/mail address etc.

[Save]

3

Checking/Using phonebook

You can retrieve registered contacts from the phonebook to
make calls and send mails.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]

Select a name

2

1 Image

Touch to select and use an app supporting the registered

contents of the contact.

2 Registered contents

Registered contents are displayed as icons.

3 Index bar

Move to the touched heading.

4 Contacts
5 Timeline

Display tweets, messages, etc. from SNSs and blogs.
Using cloud computing and making settings for the My

SNS function are necessary.

6 My profile

Display your phone number registered on the docomo

mini UIM card.

7 Use cloud computing
8 Groups
9 Register
a Search
b Index

Display the index bar.

Check/Use registered information

3

1 Image
2 Profile

Display the registered contents.

3 Registered contents

Check or use the registered contents.

4 Business card

Displayed when you register a business card received by

exchanging business cards.

5 Use this template

Create your business card by using the registered

business card as a template.

6 Edit
7 Timeline
8 Favorites

Set the contact as a favorite.

Check the contacts set as favorites in [Favorites] of Groups.
It is not available on contacts created with some accounts.

39

Call

9 Koe-no-Takuhaibin

For details on Koe-no-Takuhaibin, refer to the DOCOMO

website.

a SMS
b Call
c Delete

Delete the registered business card.

■ Selecting accounts to display

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]
[z]/[Settings]/[Accounts to display]

2

Select an item

3

: To customize an account to display: [Customize...]/select

accounts/select groups/[OK]

Deleting phonebook

■ Deleting all items

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]
[z]/[Delete]/[Select all]/[Delete]/[OK]

2

■ Deleting one item

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]
Select a name/[z]/[Delete]/[OK]

2

Editing phonebook

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]
Select a name/[Edit]

2

Set each item/[Save]

3

: For details on each item that can be set nP. 39 “Adding

contacts to phonebook”

Using groups

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]/[Groups]

Use groups

2

1 Group name
2 Number of contacts registered in the group
3 Groups
4 No group
5 Add

Add a group.

6 Close

Hide groups.

7 Group icon

■ Grouping/Ungrouping contacts

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]/[Groups]
Touch and hold a name/drag it to a group

2

: Drag it to the group into which it has already been registered

to ungroup it.

The group function is available on contacts created with a

docomo/Google account.

My profile

You can display your phone number registered on the docomo
mini UIM card. You can also register your name, mail
addresses, etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[My profile]

Check/Use the profile

2

1 Image
2 Registered contents
3 Business card

Display the created business card.

4 Exchange this name card

Exchange the registered business cards via a network.

5 Create new

Create a business card.
Download the “Name card creator” app to create a

business card. Follow the instructions on the screen and
operate after this step.

6 Notice

Make settings for Friends notice.
Available only when you are using cloud computing.

7 Edit
8 Delete business card
9 Edit business card

Edit the business card with the “Name card creator” app.

■ Editing My profile

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[My profile]/[Edit]
Set each item/[Save]

2

Backing up/Restoring phonebook

You can back up/restore the phonebook by using docomo
backup.

For details on docomo backup nP. 66 “Backing up to/Restoring

from a microSD Card”

40

Call

Mail/Browser

You can send and receive messages using docomo mail, SMS,
Gmail, etc., and display websites using the browser.

docomo mail

You can send and receive mails using mail address of
DOCOMO (@docomo.ne.jp). Pictograms and Deco-mail are
available. Automatic reception is also supported. Also, mails
can be easily transferred when you have lost the handset or
changed models since sent and received mails are saved on
the mail server of DOCOMO. Moreover, you can use the
mailing function on any devices such as PCs and tablets if you
use a docomo ID.

For details on docomo mail, refer to the DOCOMO website.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo mail]

1

: Follow the instructions on the screen and operate after this

step.

4 Number of messages in thread
5 Date and time of the message exchange

Check the message

3

1 Destination/Sender
2 Phone call
3 Date and time of the message exchange
4 Message

SMS

You can send and receive text messages with mobile phone
numbers serving as destinations.

※For details on the number of characters which can be sent and

received etc., refer to “Short Message Service (SMS)” on the
DOCOMO website.

You can also exchange messages with users of overseas

network operators. Refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide
[International Services]” or the DOCOMO International Services
website for information on countries where this service is
available and available overseas network operators.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Messaging]

1

[0]/enter the destination and message/[@]

2

If destinations are devices of overseas network operators, enter

“+”, the country code and the recipient’s mobile phone number.
If the phone number begins with “0”, omit the first “0”.
Alternatively, enter “010”, the country code and the phone
number.

Half-width katakana and special symbols in SMS messages

may not appear correctly for recipient.

SMS cannot be sent when “186” or “184” is added.

Displaying message

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Messaging]

1

Select a thread

2

: Messages are grouped into a thread by destination/sender

and displayed.

1 Image

It is displayed if an image of the other party is registered

in the phonebook. Touch to select and use an app
supporting the registered contents of the phonebook. If
the sender is not registered in the phonebook, you can
register the person in the phonebook after touching it.

2 Number of unread messages
3 Destination/Sender

Replying message

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Messaging]

1

Select a thread

2

Enter the message/[@]

3

Forwarding message

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Messaging]

1

Select a thread

2

Touch and hold a message/[Forward]/enter

3

the destination and message/[@]

Deleting message

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Messaging]

1

Select a thread

2

Touch and hold a message/[Delete]/[Delete]

3

Deleting thread

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Messaging]

1

: To delete all threads: [z]/[Delete all threads]/[Delete]

Touch and hold a thread/[1]/[Delete]

2

Setting Messaging

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Messaging]

1

[z]/[Settings]

2

Select an item

3

Delete old messages: When the number of saved messages

reaches its limit, messages are automatically deleted from
the oldest one.

Text message limit: Set the number of messages to be saved

by thread.

Delivery reports: Notify you that sent messages have been

received every time a message is received.

Manage SIM card messages: Manage messages saved on

the docomo mini UIM card.

Notifications: Notify you that messages have been received

in the status bar.

41

Mail/Browser

Sound: Set the ringtone to be rung when a message is

received.

Vibrate: Set the vibrator to be activated when a message is

received.

[Delivery reports]

When you send a message to mobile phones of other carriers,

the notification for confirming that it has been received may not
be sent to you.

Email

You can send and receive mails by setting up a mail account
provided by a service provider.

Set up an account in advance (nP. 24 “Setting up mail

account”).

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Email]

1

[(]

2

Compose a mail

3

: To attach a file: [z]/[Attach file]/select a file

1 Destination

When you enter part of a mail address or a name

registered in the phonebook, destination candidates are
displayed.

2 Subject
3 Message
4 Account

[@]

4

Some receiving side models may not be able to receive the

subject completely.

Mails sent from a Gmail account are treated as ones from a PC.

When receiving side models set PC-mail rejection, mails cannot
be sent.

Mails that could not be sent for any reason will be saved in the

Unsent folder as unsent mails.

Depending on the signal status etc., characters may not appear

correctly on the screen of the other party’s device.

Attaching file

Files of up to approximately 5 MB can be attached. There are

no limits to the number of files to be attached.

Depending on the receiving side device, files may not be

received or correctly displayed/played. Also, the quality of
videos may deteriorate or videos may be converted to
continuous still pictures.

Displaying mail

The screen may appear different depending on the account to

use.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Email]

1

Select a mail

2

1 Folder name/Account name being displayed

Touch to switch folders and accounts.

2 Mails

The background color of a read mail turns gray.

3 Check box

Set the checkmarked mails to be deleted/unread/read/

starred collectively.

4 Number of unread mails
5 Star icon

Use it as a mark indicating that the mail is special or

supposed to be dealt with later.

You can check starred mails in the Starred folder.

6 Newly compose mail
7 Display all folders
8 Refresh

Check the mail

3

1 Subject
2 Sender

If the sender is registered in the phonebook, available

apps supporting the registered contents of the
phonebook are displayed after touching the image. If the
sender is not registered in the phonebook, you can
register the person in the phonebook after touching the
image.

3 Destination/Date and time of reception

Touch to display the details.

4 Message
5 Reply
6 Reply all/Forward
7 Star icon

Use it as a mark indicating that the mail is special or

supposed to be dealt with later.

You can check starred mails in the Starred folder.

8 Attached file

Touch to display the attached file.

42

Mail/Browser

9 Delete
a Unread
b Display new mail
c Display old mail

Replying/Forwarding mail

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Email]

1

Select a mail

2

[)]

3

: To reply to all: [*]/[Reply all]
: To forward: [*]/[Forward]

Compose a mail

4

1 Reply type

Touch to switch Reply/Reply all/Forward.

2 Destination
3 Message
4 Include quoted text

Touch to/not to enter the mail of the sender in the

message.

5 Mail of sender
6 Subject

[@]

5

Deleting mail

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Email]

1

: To delete selected mails: Touch check boxes/[+]

Select a mail

2

[+]

3

Gmail

Gmail is a mail service provided by Google.

Set up a Google account in advance (nP. 24 “Setting up

Google account etc.”).

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Gmail]

1

[(]

2

Compose a mail

3

: To attach a file: [z]/[Attach picture]/[Attach file]/select a

file

1 Destination

When you enter part of a mail address or a name

registered in the phonebook, destination candidates are
displayed.

2 Subject
3 Message
4 Account

If you set up multiple accounts, you can switch accounts.

[@]

4

Displaying mail

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Gmail]

1

Select a thread

2

:

In Gmail, mails are grouped into threads by reply and displayed.
If new mails are replied ones of an existing mail, they are
grouped into the same thread. A new thread is created for newly
composed mails or mails whose subjects have been changed.

Setting Email

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Email]/[z]/

1

[Settings]

Select an item

2

General: Make settings for the whole Email.

: Select an account to make settings for the details on each

account such as Signature and Email notifications.

: Touch [ADD ACCOUNT] to add an account.

1 Label name/Account name being displayed

Touch to switch displaying types and accounts.

2 Threads

The background color of a thread turns gray when all

mails in it are read.

Touch images to checkmark the threads and you can set

them to be archived/deleted/unread/read etc. collectively.

3 Number of mails in thread
4 Star icon

Use it as a mark indicating that the mail is special or

supposed to be dealt with later.

You can check starred mails in the Starred folder.

5 Newly compose mail
6 Mail search

43

Mail/Browser

Check the mail

3

1 Subject
2 Older messages

Touch to display mails you have sent and received

previously.

3 Sender/Date and time of reception

Touch to switch detailed display/simplified display.
If the sender is registered in the phonebook, available

apps supporting the registered contents of the
phonebook are displayed after touching the image.

4 Destination

Touch to display the details.

5 Message
6 Attached file
7 Reply all/Forward
8 Reply
9 Star icon

Use it as a mark indicating that the mail is special or

supposed to be dealt with later.

You can check starred mails in the Starred folder.

a Archive
b Delete
c Unread

Replying/Forwarding mail

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Gmail]

1

Select a thread

2

[,]

3

: To reply to all: [-]/[Reply all]
: To forward: [-]/[Forward]

Compose a mail

4

1 Reply type

Touch to switch Reply/Reply all/Forward.

2 Destination
3 Message
4 Quote text

Touch to display/hide the mail of the sender.
You cannot operate it when forwarding mails.

5 Mail of sender
6 Subject
7 Respond inline

Enter the mail of the sender in the message.

[@]

5

Deleting thread

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Gmail]

1

: To delete selected threads: Touch the images of threads/

[+]

Select a thread

2

[+]

3

Setting Gmail

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Gmail]/[z]/

1

[Settings]

Select an item

2

General settings: Make settings for the whole Gmail.
About Gmail: Display the Gmail version.

: Select an account to make settings for the details on each

account such as Signature and Notifications.

Early Warning “Area Mail”

Area Mail is an app to receive Early Warning “Area Mail” and
check the received Area Mail.

Area Mail is a service which enables you to receive earthquake

early warnings etc. sent from the Japan Meteorological Agency.

When an Area Mail is sent to you, it is automatically received and

the contents of it are displayed whether or not the display is
turned on or whether or not Screen lock is set.

Area Mail may not be received or automatically displayed

depending on the condition of the handset.

･ In the following cases, you cannot receive Area Mail.

During a call While the power is turned off
While outside the service area
During international roaming
In Airplane mode

･ In the following cases, you may not be able to receive Area

Mail.

During packet communication
During Wi-Fi tethering
During USB tethering
During software update
During Android version upgrade

･ In the following cases, you can receive Area Mail but it may

not be automatically displayed.

During packet communication
During software update
During Android version upgrade

Area Mail is a free service that does not require a subscription.

Automatically receive an Area Mail

1

When the Area Mail is received, the special

2

buzzer or special ringtone sounds and its
message is displayed

44

Mail/Browser

■ Checking received Area Mail later

Drag the status bar down/select the received

1

Area Mail

: Alternatively, in the home screen, [APPS]/[Disaster kit]/

[Early Warning “Area Mail”] to check received Area Mail.
･ When the confirmation screen for use appears, check the

content and select [Agree].

You can receive Area Mail without subscription to sp-mode.

You cannot receive the Area Mail that failed to be received

again.

You can save up to 50 Area Mails.

If the number of Area Mails saved on the handset memory

exceeds the maximum number to be saved, they are deleted
from the oldest one.

Deleting Early Warning “Area Mail”

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Disaster kit]/

1

[Early Warning “Area Mail”]

Select a mail

2

: To select all Area Mails: [Select all]

[Delete]/[OK]

3

Setting Early Warning “Area Mail”

Whether to receive Area Mail, operations for when receiving
Area Mail, etc. can be set.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Disaster kit]/

1

[Early Warning “Area Mail”]
[z]/[Settings]/select an item

2

Receive setting: Set whether to receive Area Mail.
Beep tone: Make settings for the ring duration and operations

in the manner mode.

Check screen image and beep tone: Confirm the reception

screen and the ringtone for earthquake early warning,
tsunami warning, and disaster and evacuation information.

Other settings: Set Area Mail to use as well as earthquake

early warning, tsunami warning, and disaster and evacuation
information.

Settings of the earthquake early warning buzzer, ringtone

dedicated to tsunami warning, and disaster and evacuation
information, ringtone volume and vibrator cannot be changed.

Browser

You can display websites via packet communication or Wi-Fi
function.

Displaying websites

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Browser]

1

Some websites may not appear properly.

■ Searching websites

Touch the URL entry field

1

: If the URL entry field is hidden, slide the browser screen

down.

Enter a keyword

2

: Keywords that include the entered characters are displayed

as a list.

Select a keyword

3

: Alternatively, enter the entire keyword and [Go] to search

websites.

■ Opening new tabs

In the browser screen, [Q]/[P]

1

■ Opening incognito tabs

When you display websites on an incognito tab, [T] appears at

the top left of the screen.

In the browser screen, [Q]/[z]/[New

1

incognito tab]
Touch the URL entry field/enter a keyword/

2

[Go]

: To close incognito tabs: In the browser screen, [Q]/[U]

The history of websites opened on an incognito tab is not

saved. If you close the incognito tab, the information such as
Cookie are also deleted. Downloaded files and bookmarked
websites can be saved on an incognito tab.

■ Switching tabs

In the browser screen, [Q]

1

Select a tab

2

■ Closing tabs

In the browser screen, [Q]/[U]

1

■ Searching characters in the page

In the browser screen, [z]/[Find on page]

1

Search

2

1 End search
2 Keyword entry field

Enter the keyword to search with.

45

Mail/Browser

3 Previous
4 Next

■ Copying characters

In the browser screen, [z]/[Copy text]

1

Drag your finger from the start position to the

2

end position

: To change the copy range: Drag [d]/[e]

[!]

3

■ Convenient functions

You can display a link with a new tab or download data such as
images.

In the browser screen, touch and hold a link/an

1

image

Select a function to use

2

■ Reloading browser

In the browser screen, [z]/[Reload]

1

■ Ending browser

In the browser screen, [z]/[End browser]

1

Setting Browser

In the browser screen, [z]/[Settings]

1

Select an item

2

General settings: Make settings for the functions related to

the whole browser.

Privacy & security: Make settings for the privacy or security

such as cache and Cookie.

Accessibility: Make settings for the display such as font size

and zoom.

Advanced: Make settings for the details on the browser.
Bandwidth management: Make settings for readings of

websites.

Quick operation・Labs: Make settings for Quick toolbox,

Quick controls and Full screen display.

■ Displaying saved pages

In the browser screen, [z]/[Bookmark list]/

1

[SAVED PAGES]

Select a saved page

2

Using bookmark, history and saved page

■ Saving bookmarks

In the browser screen, [z]/[Add bookmark]

1

[OK]

2

■ Displaying websites from bookmarks

In the browser screen, [z]/[Bookmark list]

1

Select a bookmark

2

■ Displaying websites from history

In the browser screen, [z]/[Bookmark list]/

1

[HISTORY]

Select a history item

2

■ Saving pages

In the browser screen, [z]/[Save for offline

1

reading]

46

Mail/Browser

Apps

dmenu

In dmenu, you can easily access websites or convenient apps
recommended by DOCOMO.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[dmenu]

1

: The browser is activated and dmenu is displayed.

Internet connection via packet communication (LTE/3G/GPRS)

or Wi-Fi is required to use dmenu.

Packet communication charge is incurred separately for

connecting to dmenu and downloading apps introduced on
dmenu. Some downloaded apps automatically perform packet
communication.

Apps introduced on dmenu include charged ones.

dmarket

In dmarket, you can get enjoyable and convenient contents
suitable for you.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[dmarket]

1

: For details on dmarket, refer to the DOCOMO website.

Disney Market

In Disney Market, you can obtain various contents such as
“Disney apps” and Deco-mail pictogram for free and view
information recommended by Disney.

When you update Disney Market, enable [Unknown sources] in

advance (nP. 71 “Lock & security”).

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Disneyマーケッ

1

ト] (Disney Market)

: Follow the instructions on the screen and operate after this

step.

Contents provided in Disney Market are service provided by

The Walt Disney Company (Japan) Ltd.

Subscription to sp-mode is required to use Disney Market.

Packet communication charges are incurred separately.

If you subscribe charged mobile services on a monthly basis

such as Disney official mobile website or smartphone contents
provided by Disney, you are charged separately unless you
cancel the subscription by yourself. To cancel, in the home
screen, [APPS]/[Disneyマーケット] (Disney Market)/
[menu]/[マイページ] (My page)/[マイメニュー] (My
menu)/[退会] (Cancel) and follow the instructions on the
screen and operate.

Charges may be incurred for using part of options for games in

some apps.

Subscription to the membership of Disney Market is required to

use apps provided by Disney (including pre-installed apps).

■ Inquiries about contents

Disney Internet Service Customer Center: 0570-00-1937
Business hours: 10:00 to 17:00 (Monday through Friday

excluding national holidays, new years holidays)

※Contact 045-522-1098 from a PHS/part of IP phones/outside of

Japan or refer to ((http://disney.jp/dmd/faq/)) (in Japanese only).

Play Store

By using Google Play, you can download and install useful
apps or fun games to the handset.

Set up a Google account in advance (nP. 24 “Setting up

Google account etc.”).

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Play Store]

1

: To display help: [z]/[Help]

Be sure to check the security of app, then install it at your own

risk. The handset may be infected with a virus, data may be
damaged, etc.

Note that DOCOMO shall not be liable for malfunctions caused

by the app etc. you installed.

Note that DOCOMO shall not be liable for any disadvantage

brought to you or any third party due to the app etc. you
installed.

Purchasing apps

In the Google Play screen, select an app to

1

purchase

Touch the price

2

: Follow the instructions on the screen and operate after this

step.

: When the app is free: [INSTALL]
: If you make a purchase for the first time, select a payment

method. You may need to sign in to your Google Wallet
account depending on the payment method.

: You can ask for a refund within a specified time after

purchasing an app. The app is deleted and you are not
charged. In addition, note that a refund request is available
for each app only once. If you requested a refund for a
purchased app in the past and purchase the same app
again, a second refund request is not available. In the
Google Play screen, [z]/[Help] for details on the payment
method when purchasing an app, the terms on refund
requests, etc.

Once you accept installation of an app, you are responsible for

the results of using the app. Be very cautious about installation
of apps that access many functions or a significant amount of
data.

Some downloaded apps automatically perform packet

communication. Note that the packet communication charges
may be higher.

You need to pay for an app only once. Re-downloading apps

which you previously uninstalled after first downloading will not
be charged.

If you have multiple Android devices that use the same Google

account, you can download a purchased app to all of them at
no additional cost.

DOCOMO holds no responsibility for responding to purchase

apps and get a refund from Google Play.

■ Uninstalling apps

In the Google Play screen, [z]/[My apps]

1

Select an app to uninstall/[UNINSTALL]/[OK]

2

47

Apps

Osaifu-Keitai

mark

Osaifu-Keitai is a function for using “Osaifu-Keitai compatible
services” which enable you to pay, use the handset as
coupons, etc. by simply holding it over scanning devices at
stores etc. and using “Kazashite-Link compatible services”
which enable you to access information by holding the
handset over home electric appliances, smart posters, etc.
You can save electronic money, points, etc. on the IC card or
docomo mini UIM card.
In addition, you can deposit electronic money, check the
balance and the remaining points, etc. while you can lock
Osaifu-Keitai functions in case of theft or loss.
For details on Osaifu-Keitai, refer to the DOCOMO website.

※To use Osaifu-Keitai compatible services, settings are necessary

on a website or an app.

Using Osaifu-Keitai compatible handset

The handset malfunctions may cause data on the IC card

data on the docomo mini UIM card
that as a rule, you will be asked to delete data when leaving your
handset for repairs etc., since we cannot keep your handset with
such data still remaining in it). For the service such as a reissue,
restoration, temporary keeping or transference of the data,
contact a provider of the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service you
use. Be sure to use the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service
including a backup service for important data.

DOCOMO shall not be liable for any loss or change of data on

the IC card and data on the docomo mini UIM card or other
damages related to Osaifu-Keitai compatible services caused by
any reason such as malfunctions and model changes.

When the handset is stolen or lost, immediately contact a

provider of the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service you use for
handling methods.

*1 The data saved on the built-in IC card of the Osaifu-Keitai

compatible handset

*2 The data saved on the docomo mini UIM card

*2

to be lost or changed (Note

Using “Osaifu-Keitai compatible services”

To use Osaifu-Keitai compatible services, download the

Osaifu-Keitai compatible app from Osaifu-Keitai compatible
websites and make the setting. Some services do not require the
download of the Osaifu-Keitai compatible app.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Osaifu-Keitai]

1

: If the initial settings are not completed, the initial settings

screen appears. Follow the instructions on the screen and
operate.

Select a service

2

: Make settings on the website of the service or after

downloading the app compatible with the service.

Hold the a mark of the handset over the

3

scanning device

: The handset starts communication with the scanning device.

*1

and

You cannot use Osaifu-Keitai compatible services in the

following situations. However, you can pay by holding the
handset over a scanning device.

In Airplane mode
When you are charging the handset, connecting Micro USB

Cable 01 (sold separately) to it or connecting an earphone/
microphone to it while the docomo mini UIM card is not
inserted/When the handset has never received radio wave

Osaifu-Keitai compatible services are available even if you

cannot unlock the PIN code of the docomo mini UIM card or the
PIN code is locked.

If you have not subscribed to sp-mode, you may not be able to

use some functions of an Osaifu-Keitai compatible service.

Using “Kazashite-Link compatible services”

Enable [Reader/Writer, P2P] in advance (nP. 49 “NFC/

Osaifu-Keitai settings”).

Hold the a mark of the handset over a device

1

into which an NFC module is built, smart
poster, etc.

Precautions about holding over the other
device

Pay attention to the following points when holding the a mark

over the other device such as a scanning device or device into
which an NFC module is built.
Do not let the handset strongly clashed with the other device

but slowly bring the handset close to the other device when
holding the a mark over it.

Hold the a mark over the center of the other device and in

parallel with it. If the other device does not recognize the
built-in IC card even when you do so, slightly move the
handset away from the other device or move the handset
around.

The other device may not recognize the built-in IC card if there

are metallic objects between the a mark and the other
device. Remove the handset from its cover or case if the other
device does not recognize the built-in IC card, since equipping
the handset with it may influence the communication
performance.

NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock

You can restrict the use of the functions and services of
Osaifu-Keitai by setting NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock.

NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock differs from Screen lock of the handset

and Set up SIM card lock.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings]/[NFC/
Osaifu-Keitai lock]

: Alternatively, in the home screen, [APPS]/[Osaifu-Keitai]/

[Lock Settings] to set NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock.

Follow the instructions on the screen and enter

2

the NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock number

While NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is set, [d (blue)] or [e (blue)] is

displayed on the status bar.

When the battery runs out while NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is set,

NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock cannot be disabled. Be aware of the
battery level. If the battery runs out, disable NFC/Osaifu-Keitai
lock after charging the battery.

48

Apps

To use the menu of Osaifu-Keitai while NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock

is set, disable NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock.

The NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock number is not deleted even if you

initialize the handset.

When disabling NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock, insert the docomo mini

UIM card which had been inserted into the handset when NFC/
Osaifu-Keitai lock was set.

NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings]

Select an item

2

NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock: For details nP. 48 “NFC/

Osaifu-Keitai lock”

Reader/Writer, P2P: Set whether to use the Reader/Writer,

P2P function.

Android beam: Perform data communication using Android

beam.
･ For details on Android beam nP. 81 “Android beam”

Lock No. change: Change the lock number of NFC/

Osaifu-Keitai lock.

ToruCa

ToruCa is an electronic card that can be imported to the
handset. You can retrieve one as store information, a coupon,
etc. from websites or scanning devices. Retrieved ToruCa is
saved in the “ToruCa” app and you can display/search/update
it using the app.
For details on ToruCa, refer to the DOCOMO website.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[ToruCa]

1

Packet communication charges may be incurred for retrieving,

displaying or updating ToruCa.

The following functions may not be available depending on the

settings of contents provider.

Updating
Sharing ToruCa
Displaying a map
Retrieving from a scanning device

* A map may not be displayed from the ToruCa list although it

can be from ToruCa (details).

When NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is set, you cannot retrieve

ToruCa from a scanning device.

When [重複チェック] (Duple check) is enabled, you cannot

retrieve the duplicate ToruCa. If you want to retrieve it, disable
the setting.

When you send ToruCa through mail, it is sent in the status that

the ToruCa (details) has not been retrieved.

ToruCa received through mail may not be saved depending on

the mail app to use.

ToruCa may not be retrieved depending on the browser to use.

If the initial settings of Osaifu-Keitai have not been made,

ToruCa may not be retrieved from a scanning device.

*

iD appli

“iD” is convenient electronic money using credit card
transactions. You can pay easily and conveniently by simply
holding an Osaifu-Keitai in which credit card information is set
or an iD compatible card over scanning devices at stores.
Osaifu-Keitai can register two types of credit card information,
and can be used according to the benefits etc.

For using iD with Osaifu-Keitai, subscription to a credit card

company compatible with iD and setting of iD appli are required.

Expense (annual fee etc.) for using iD service may vary

depending on the credit card company.

For use overseas, packet communication charges differ from

those in Japan.

For information on iD, refer to iD website.

(http://id-credit.com/) (in Japanese only)

Mobacas/TV (Full-Seg/1Seg)

■ Mobacas

Mobacas is a broadcasting service for smartphones. You can use
two watching styles. One of the two is “Real Time” (broadcasting in
real time style) that allows you to watch programs in real time. The
other one is “Shift Time” (broadcasting in storage style) that allows
you to enjoy comics, novels, music, games, etc. as well as movies
and dramas anytime and anywhere. Also, you can enjoy new
broadcasting services such as the collaboration with social services
using the communication function of the handset.
For details on Mobacas, refer to the Mobacas broadcast station
(NOTTV) website.
NOTTV: (http://www.nottv.jp/) (in Japanese only)

Using Mobacas

A separate pay-TV subscription to the Mobacas broadcast

station (NOTTV) is required to use Mobacas.

You cannot receive and watch broadcasts without the docomo

mini UIM card being attached to the handset.

Mobacas is a broadcasting service provided in Japan.
Available space on a microSD Card or the handset memory is

required to use Shift Time or record videos. It is recommended to
use a microSD Card on Class 4 or higher level. Also, you can set
the save destination (nP. 51 “Advanced settings of Mobacas”).

■ TV (Full-Seg/1Seg)

TV is an app with which you can watch either Full-Seg or 1Seg by
switching them according to the reception status of broadcast
wave.
Full-Seg enables you to watch a terrestrial digital TV broadcasting
service with HD image quality.
1Seg is a terrestrial digital TV broadcasting service for mobile
devices and can receive data broadcasting with image and audio.
In addition, an interactive service adopting a communication
function for mobile devices and detailed information available via
communication can be used.
For details on the “Full-Seg/1Seg” service, see the website below.
The Association for Promotion of Digital Broadcasting: (http://
www.dpa.or.jp/english/)

49

Apps

Using Full-Seg/1Seg

Full-Seg/1Seg is a service provided by TV broadcasters (broadcast
stations) etc. Communication charges are not incurred for receiving
image and audio. Contact NHK for details on viewing fees of NHK.
Available information in the area of the data broadcasting is “data
broadcasting” information and “data broadcasting website”
information.
“Data broadcasting” information is carried by broadcast wave
together with image and audio. “Data broadcasting website”
information is used to access and display websites provided by TV
broadcasters (broadcast stations) etc. from the information on data
broadcasting.
Packet communication charges are incurred when accessing a
website such as a “data broadcasting website”.
Some websites require information charges to use.

Precautions about Full-Seg

The handset adopts “The Software Based RMP System” to

protect the copyrights of terrestrial digital TV broadcasting
contents. Therefore, a B-CAS card etc. is not necessary.

Full-Seg programs recorded by the handset cannot be played on

other devices.

For inquiries about “The Software Based RMP System”, contact

the RMP Administration Center for Terrestrial Broadcasting
Content.
Website: (http://www.trmp.or.jp/)
Mail address: [e-mail]

■ Broadcast wave and service area

The radio wave received via Mobacas/Full-Seg/1Seg differs from
that received via Xi services and FOMA services. Also, the radio
waves received via Mobacas, Full-Seg and 1Seg differ from one
another. Therefore, it cannot be received at a place where the
broadcast wave for Mobacas/Full-Seg/1Seg does not reach or
while the broadcasting is out of service, regardless of whether the
handset is outside or inside the Xi service or FOMA service area.
Also, in the following places, the reception status may become
weak or the signal may not be received even if the handset is inside
the area of a Mobacas broadcasting/terrestrial digital TV
broadcasting service.
Place that is far from the base station/radio tower which sends

the signal

Place where the signal is interrupted due to the landscape or

buildings such as mountainous areas or behind a building

Place where the signal is weak or does not reach, such as a

tunnel, basement or an inner area of a building

■ Improving reception status

Fully pull out the Mobacas/TV antenna and change its direction or
move to another place so that the reception status may become
better.

■ Mobacas/TV antenna

Note the followings when you use the Mobacas/TV antenna.

Fully pull out the base of the Mobacas/TV antenna as shown

in the following illustration. The Mobacas/TV antenna may tilt

or wobble.

Do not apply excessive force on the Mobacas/TV antenna

when it is pulled out or when you change the direction of it.

When you stow the antenna, do not hold its tip and stow it

forcibly. Push it straightly down to its tip with its bottom fixed to

completely stow it.

If you apply excessive force on the antenna, it may be damaged.

Mobacas

In the home screen, [APPS]/[NOTTV]

1

: When you activate this app for the first time, initial settings

are carried out.

: Check the content of アプリ使用許諾契約書 (App license

agreement) and select [スタート] (Start).

[ホーム] (Home)

2

Select a program/content

3

Watch the program/content

4

: When you watch Real Time programs, you can switch

programs/contents by sliding the image to the left/right.

: To display in full screen: [u]/Switch to horizontal display

･ The display format of contents may differ depending on the

program/content.

: To display data broadcasting: [データ] (Data)
: To display a timeline related to the program/content: [ソー

シャル] (Social)

: To display detailed information: [インフォ] (Information)
: To adjust the volume: [x]/[y]

■ Searching from program guide

You can watch Real Time programs using the program guide.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[NOTTV]/[番組

1

表] (Program guide)

: To display the program guide for Shift Time programs: [シフ

トタイム] (Shift Time)

Select a program

2

: Advanced information appears on the programs which

cannot be watched immediately.

■ Searching by specifying conditions

In the home screen, [APPS]/[NOTTV]

1

[z]/[検索・ジャンル別] (Search/By genre)

2

Select an item

3

: Alternatively, you can search by entering a keyword in the

keyword entry field.

Select a program/content

4

50

Apps

Receiving reservation in Shift Time

In the home screen, [APPS]/[NOTTV]/[番組

1

表] (Program guide)
[シフトタイム] (Shift Time)

2

: The list of programs/contents that will be broadcast is

displayed.

Select a program/content

3

: The details screen is displayed.

[予約する] (Reserve)

4

In the following cases, programs/contents may not be received.

When the time for a program/content to be broadcast arrives

with the handset turned off

When the battery level is insufficient
When the handset is in a poor reception status of broadcast

wave such as when it is out of the Mobacas service area

When a microSD Card is not inserted
When available space on the microSD Card/the handset

memory is insufficient

Programs/Contents temporarily saved on a microSD Card/the

handset memory can be watched/used only on the handset
being used.

Programs/Contents whose expiration date has passed will be

automatically deleted from the microSD Card/the handset
memory. You can also delete programs/contents manually
whose expiration date has not passed yet.

If you enable [自動予約] (Automatically reserve), programs/

contents may be automatically reserved even when you have
not reserved ones for the future reception. You can also disable
[自動予約] (Automatically reserve) (nP. 51 “Setting
Mobacas”).

If you set 自動補完 (Automatically complement) to [ON], data

may be automatically complemented using packet
communication when programs/contents fail to be completely
received because of the reception status of broadcast wave etc.
You can also set 自動補完 (Automatically complement) to
[OFF] (nP. 51 “Setting Mobacas”).

Watching/Recording reservation in Real
Time

In the home screen, [APPS]/[NOTTV]/[番組

1

表] (Program guide)
Select a program

2

: The details screen is displayed.

[視聴予約する] (Watching reservation)/[録画予約

3

する] (Recording reservation)

: You can also record a program on air manually.

In the following cases, programs may not be watched/recorded.

When the time for a program to be broadcast arrives with the

handset turned off

When the battery level is insufficient
When the handset is in a poor reception status of broadcast

wave such as when it is out of the Mobacas service area

When a microSD Card is not inserted
When available space on the microSD Card/the handset

memory is insufficient

Programs recorded on a microSD Card/the handset memory

can be watched only on the handset being used.

Some programs cannot be recorded.

Setting Mobacas

In the home screen, [APPS]/[NOTTV]

1

[z]/[設定] (Settings)

2

Select an item

3

音声切替 (Switch audio): Make settings for main/sub audio

channel.

字幕表示切替 (Display subtitles): Make settings for

displaying subtitles.

バックグラウンド再生 (Background playback): Set whether

to play Mobacas in the background.

サウンド設定 (Sound settings): Make settings for the sound

effects.

自動予約 (Automatically reserve): Set whether to

automatically reserve recommended Shift Time programs.

自動補完 (Automatically complement): Make settings for the

function to automatically complement data using packet
communication when the data has failed to be completely
received.

番組表情報自動取得 (Automatically acquire information on

program guide): Set the time when information of the
program guide/contents list is automatically acquired.

放送中番組の表示 (Display programs on air): Set whether to

display notification icons for programs on air on the status
bar.

新着情報の通知 (Notify new information): Set whether to

display notification icons for Shift Time or recording on the
status bar.

お知らせ情報の通知 (Notify information of notifications): Set

whether to display notification icons for notifications from
NOTTV on the status bar.

視聴年齢制限 (Restrict watching age): Set whether to make

programs with watching age restriction unavailable.

年齢設定 (Set age): Set at what age watching restriction

starts to be applied.

パスワード変更 (Change passwords): Set a parental control

password.

Twitter連携解除 (Disable linkage to Twitter): Disable the

linkage to Twitter.

詳細設定 (Advanced settings): Make settings for detailed

items. For details on 詳細設定 (Advanced settings)
nP. 51 “Advanced settings of Mobacas”

Advanced settings of Mobacas

In the home screen, [APPS]/[NOTTV]

1

[z]/[設定] (Settings)/[詳細設定] (Advanced

2

settings)

Select an item

3

重複録画防止 (Prevent simultaneous recording): Set whether

to prevent simultaneous recording of a same program from
being carried out when you reserve programs by specifying
series or keywords.

ロック画面通知 (Notify on lock screen): Set whether to notify

you when a recording starts.

ストレージ選択 (Select storage): Set a save destination for

Shift Time, recording, etc.

ログ送信 (Send log): Set whether to send logs of using apps.
文字スーパー (Telop): Set whether to display telops.
Cookie: Set whether to save Cookie.
Cookieを削除 (Delete Cookie): Delete Cookie.
放送用保存領域消去 (Delete memory space for

broadcasting): Delete data on the memory space for
broadcasting.

データ放送表示 (Display data broadcasting): Set whether to

display data broadcasting.

51

Apps

再読込 (Reload): Reload Mobacas.

TV watching screen (Full-Seg vertical display)

文字コード変換 (Convert character code): Convert character

codes.

[ストレージ選択] (Select storage)

When you change the settings, the data is transferred.

[文字スーパー] (Telop)

Even if [文字スーパー] (Telop) is disabled, telops may be

displayed.

TV (Full-Seg/1Seg)

■ Creating channel lists

To watch TV, you need to create one or more channel lists and
select one in advance.
You can register up to three channel lists. You can register up to

12 stations in a channel list.

Create channel lists inside the area of a terrestrial digital TV

broadcasting service with the Mobacas/TV antenna fully pulled
out.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[TV]

1

: If the confirmation screen for the license agreement is

displayed, check the content and select [Agree].

: Only when channels are not set, the channel list creating

screen appears.

: To add a channel list: In the TV watching screen, [z]/

[Channel settings]/[Edit channel list]/[NEW]

Select an item

2

Create by selecting the area: Search for broadcast stations

set in each area.

Create by searching channels: Search for channels available

in the present location.

[SET]

3

You cannot watch TV overseas, since the broadcasting format

and the broadcasting frequency are different.

■ Watching TV

Watch TV.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[TV]

1

Watch TV

2

: To adjust the volume: [x]/[y]

1 Program information

The program name, whether you are watching Full-Seg

or 1Seg and broadcast station name are displayed.

2 Image

Touch it to display/hide the controller etc.
Flick your finger to the left/right to select a station with

UP/DOWN.

3 Subtitle
4 Data broadcasting key

Display data broadcasting. This is available only when

you are watching 1Seg.

5 Channel switching key

Display the channel switching screen.

6 Program list key

Display the program list of the broadcast station whose

program you are watching.
･ Touch a program to display the program details screen.

Recording/Watching reservation is also available in the
program details screen.

7 Mini TV

Switch to the mini TV. You can watch TV while using

another app (nP. 30 “Mini app/Widget”).

8 Controller

The following operations are available with displayed

keys.

･ To switch to 1Seg/Full-Seg: [0]
･ To select a station with UP/DOWN: [@]/[A]
･ To adjust the volume: [1]/drag the volume bar
･ To start/stop recording: [D]/[E]

* Touch and hold the key to select a station by searching

a frequency.

9 Website key

Display websites. You can search for the program being

watched while a website is being displayed.

a Recorded file list key

Display the recorded file list.

b Information displaying area

Operation keys appear while data broadcasting/a website

is being displayed.

While watching TV, colors in the screen may appear different.

Even if the home screen is displayed while activating TV,

information of data broadcasting/data broadcasting websites
may be automatically updated, since TV is kept activated. Note
that packet communication charges may be incurred.

If you receive a call while watching TV, TV will resume after the

call is terminated. While recording TV, recording continues in
the background.

When you play videos with another app while the mini TV is

being used, videos may not be displayed properly.

*

TV watching screen (Full-Seg horizontal display)

Recording of TV (Full-Seg/1Seg)

You can record TV and save the recorded programs on the
handset memory or a microSD Card.

Record TV in a good reception status.
You can set where to save recorded Full-Seg (nP. 54 “Setting

TV (Full-Seg/1Seg)”). 1Seg can be saved only on the handset
memory.

Estimated number of savable videos and recording time

Save destination

Handset memory Up to 99

Number of

savable videos

*

Recording time

Full-Seg: Up to approx.
210 min
1Seg: Up to approx.
7,940 min

52

Apps

Save destination

microSD Card
(64 GB)

* This is the total number of Full-Seg and 1Seg videos.
The followings are the maximum recording size/time for each

recording. Even if the available space on the handset memory or
a microSD Card is sufficient, the video being recorded up to that
point is saved and recording ends once the maximum recording
size/time is reached.

Full-Seg recording: Up to approx. 500 min
1Seg recording: Up to approx. 2 GB/Up to approx. 600 min

When you run out of available space on the handset memory or a

microSD Card, recording automatically ends, and the video being
recorded up to that point is saved.

In the TV watching screen, [D]

1

Select a recording time

2

: When the set recording time has passed, recording ends and

the video is automatically saved.

: To end recording: [E]/[OK]

･ The video is automatically saved.

Recording of some programs may be prohibited.

When the time set for recording arrives while another TV is

being recorded, the recording of the latest timer-set program
starts. The recording in progress up to that point ends, and the
recorded program is saved.

Number of

savable videos

Up to 99 Full-Seg: Up to approx.

Recording time

500 min

Playing recorded video of TV (Full-Seg/1Seg)

Play a recorded video saved on the handset memory or a
microSD Card.

Basic operations in video playback screen are the same as those

in TV watching screen. Operations that differ are explained here.

In the TV watching screen, [>]

1

Select a video

2

: To delete a recorded video: Touch and hold a video/[=]/

[OK]

Watch the video

3

When a Full-Seg video recorded on a microSDHC Card with the

handset is played, the image or audio may be interrupted.
When you record a Full-Seg video, it is recommended to use a
microSDXC Card.

While a 1Seg video is being played, the data broadcasting for

the broadcast station from which that video was recorded can
be displayed.

TV link

You can register memo information and URLs of related
websites as TV link in some data broadcasting. If they are
registered as TV link, you can check them from the TV link
screen.

You can register up to 50 TV links.
Procedures for registering TV links may differ depending on the

program.

In the TV watching screen, [z]/[TV Links]

1

: Display the registered TV links.

Select a TV link

2

■ Deleting TV links

In the TV watching screen, [z]/[TV Links]

1

Touch and hold a TV link/[=]/[OK]

2

Recording/Watching reservation of TV
(Full-Seg/1Seg)

You can set a timer for watching or recording TV. In addition,
you can check the reservation status, result, etc.

Record TV in a good reception status.
You can save up to 30 timer settings for watching and recording

TV.

Multiple programs cannot be watched/recorded simultaneously.

If the reservation period you are about to set overlaps with that of
an existing timer-set program, a confirmation screen for
registration appears. Check the contents of the message, and
then perform registration.

In the TV watching screen, [z]/[Timer]

1

: To delete a reservation: Select a reservation/[?]/[OK]
: To display the reservation result list: [Timer]/[Results of

timer recordings]

[+]/[Set a timer manually]

2

: To reserve from the program guide: [+]/[Set a timer from

G-GUIDE]/reserve

Set each item

3

1 Controller

The following operations are available with displayed

keys.

･ To pause/play: [5]/[4]
･ To fast reverse/forward: [6]/[7]
･ To return to a location of approx. 5 seconds ago/skip to

a location of approx. 15 seconds later: [8]/[9]

･ To adjust the volume: [1]/drag the volume bar
･ To play from the beginning: [3]

*1 Every time you touch it, the playback speed is

switched.

*2 Displayed when the playback is finished.

When a video edited (split) by other devices etc. is played, the

image or audio may be interrupted.

*1

*2

53

1 Timer type

Switch timer types.

2 Title

Enter a title.

3 Station

Set a broadcast station.

Apps

4 Start date

Set the start date.

5 Start time

Set the start time.

6 Repeat

Make settings for the repetition of the reservation.

7 End time

Set the end time.

[SET]

4

Depending on usage of the handset, available space on the

handset memory or a microSD Card, the program type, etc.,
you may not be able to watch/record the program or recording
may end even if it is not finished yet.

Setting TV (Full-Seg/1Seg)

You can make settings for data broadcasting, auto exit time of
TV, etc.

In the TV watching screen, [z]/[General

1

settings]

Controller display position: Set the controller to be displayed

on the left/right side.

One-Seg/Full-Seg reception setting: Set how to receive

1Seg/Full-Seg.

Text superimpose display: Make settings for telops.
Audio settings: Make settings for the sound quality.
Data broadcasting settings: Make settings for data

broadcasting.

Alarm settings: Make settings for the alarm activated when a

reserved program starts.

TV off timer: Set how long TV will remain activated before it

automatically ends.

Web browser settings: Make setting for the browser.
Full-Seg destination setting: Set where to save recorded

Full-Seg.

Initialize CAS information: Reset information saved when

receiving Full-Seg.

Product information: Confirm the version of this app.

[Data broadcasting settings]

When [Confirmation] is disabled, the confirmation screen for

data broadcasting does not appear and information of data
broadcasting/data broadcasting websites may be automatically
updated. Note that packet communication charges may be
incurred.

[TV off timer]

When the set time arrives while you are recording TV, the

confirmation screen for ending the recording is displayed.

■ Video/Audio/Subtitles settings

You can set subtitles to be displayed or change spoken language
while watching TV.
Some functions may not be available depending on the program.

In the TV watching screen, [z]/[Video/Audio/

1

Subtitles]

Select an item

2

Switch videos: Switch images.
Switch audio: Set spoken language.
Switch sound-multiplex: Make settings for main/sub audio

channel.

Switch subtitles: Make settings for subtitles to display.

Camera

You can shoot still pictures and videos. Also, you can switch
settings of the camera according to the subject to shoot.

Before using camera

Fingerprints or fat on the lens may cause the image to be out of

focus. In addition, images may blur, rays of light may appear in
images when shot near a strong light source, etc. Wipe the lens
with a soft cloth before shooting images.

You cannot shoot when the battery level is insufficient. Images

may appear dark or distorted when shot with insufficient battery
power even while the handset is charging. When you use the
camera, charge the battery sufficiently in advance.

Although the camera is made with high-precision technology,

some pixels or lines look constantly dark or bright. Further, white
lines and other noise may appear in images especially when
shooting images in dimly lit surroundings.

The quality of images may deteriorate when shot or saved after

the handset has been left in a warm location for a long time.

If the camera lens is exposed to direct sunlight for a long time,

the internal color filter may discolor, creating a discoloration of
shot images.

Images shot in shooting conditions which include strong light

source such as the sun or a lamp may appear dark or distorted.

Shooting the sun directly may impair the performance of the

CMOS.

In the following cases, the handset may become warm and the

camera may end. This is not a malfunction.

When shooting still pictures continuously
When shooting long videos
When activating the camera for a long time

Use the camera again after a while.

When Focus settings are switched, sounds are heard from the

camera lens. This is not a malfunction.

Images are blurred when the handset moves while shooting

images. Hold securely to prevent blurring. Use the shake
reducing function when shooting still pictures.

The color and brightness of the subject in images shot with the

camera may differ from the actual color and brightness.

Make sure that your fingers, hair, handset strap, etc. do not

obscure the camera lens when shooting images.

Because a larger picture size requires more data, movement in

the image on the handset display may appear slow.

Indoor fluorescent lighting etc. may create flickering or streaky

shading on the screen. This flickering or shading may be reduced
by changing the lighting conditions and brightness of the room or
adjusting the camera brightness and white balance.

Shot still pictures are saved in DCF1.0 (ExifVer.2.3, JPEG)

format.

The camera is not available while watching Mobacas or TV.

54

Apps

Copyrights and rights of portrait

Images and audio recorded with the handset are for personal use
and must not be used for any other purposes without the consent
of the rightful person in accordance with the Copyright Act.
Please note that acts such as the use or defacement of the
likeness or name of other individuals without their consent may
infringe on an individual’s rights of portrait. Please be aware of
copyrights and rights of portrait when posting images and audio
recorded with the handset on the Internet or similar media. The
recording of images or audio may be restricted at stage
performances, shows, exhibitions, etc. even when the images or
audio is recorded for personal use etc. Do not use the handset to
send copyrighted images for uses other than those permitted
under the Copyright Act.
If you cause the public any trouble using the handset, you may be
punished under law or regulations (for example, nuisance
prevention ordinance).
Please be considerate of the privacy of individuals around you
when shooting and sending pictures using camera-enabled
mobile phones.

■ Operations while using camera

In each camera mode, if no operations are performed for

approximately 3 minutes, the camera mode automatically ends
and the scan result is deleted.

The shutter sound volume cannot be changed.

■ Picture size of camera

The following picture sizes are available.

Shooting mode Aspect ratio Picture size

Shoot still
picture

Shoot video 16:9

* Available only when you use the in-camera.

16:9

4:3

4:3

4K2K: 3840×2160

FULL HD: 1920×1080

16M: 4608×3456

4M: 2304×1728

1.6M: 1440×1080*

VGA: 640×480

FullHD: 1920×1080

HD: 1280×720

VGA: 640×480

QVGA: 320×240

■ Shooting screen layout

Still picture shooting screen

Video shooting screen

1 Settings on shooting mode/camera to shoot with

Set the shooting mode or camera to shoot with

(nP. 56 “Shooting mode/Camera to shoot with”).

2 Mobile light

Turn on/off the mobile light.

3 Switching in/out-camera

Switch to the in-camera/out-camera.

4 Various settings

Make various settings for shooting (nP. 56 “Settings on

shooting with camera”).

5 Switching displays
6 Album/Thumbnail

Activate Album.

･ Touch [6] in the image displaying screen of Album to

display all data.

7 Shutter
8 Switching Camera/Video Camera

Switch the camera mode to Camera/Video Camera.

9 Adding location information

Set whether to add location information.

a Shake reducing function

Set whether to use the shake reducing function.

b Picture size

Set the picture size.

c NightCatch

Switch NightCatch settings. Set it to [AUTO] to make shady

areas appear vivid on shot images.

d HDR

Set whether to clear image of blocked up shadows and blown

out highlights which often appear such as when you shoot
against the light while a contrast between brightness and
darkness is high.

e Remaining number/time for shooting

Displayed when the remaining number for shooting decreases

to 99 or less as for the still picture shooting mode.

55

Apps

As for the video shooting mode, remaining time for shooting

indicates the total recordable time. The recordable time per
shot may be shorter than the displayed remaining time.

Even after shooting a still picture/video, remaining number/

time for shooting may not be changed.

f Battery level

Shooting still pictures

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Camera]

1

: To adjust the brightness: Slide your finger up/down
: To zoom: Slide your finger to the left/right or pinch out/in

･ Maximum magnification (zoom step) is approximately

16.0-fold (120 steps).

: To lock the focus: Touch the subject

･ Touch anywhere other than focus frame to cancel the

focus lock.

[!]

2

: The shutter sounds and the shot still picture is automatically

saved.

: Alternatively, you can shoot still pictures by touching the

focus frame while the focus is locked.

Shooting videos

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Camera]/drag

1

[2] to [3]

: To adjust the brightness: Slide your finger up/down
: To zoom: Slide your finger to the left/right or pinch out/in

･ Maximum magnification (zoom step) is approximately

16.0-fold (120 steps).

[(]

2

: Shooting starts after the shooting start sound is heard.
: To shoot still pictures: [!]

[)]

3

: The shot video is automatically saved after the shooting end

sound is heard.

The remaining time indicator is an approximation. Shooting may

continue longer than the remaining time indicated before the
start of shooting or may automatically stop even when there is
remaining time depending on the subject.

The remaining time indicator changes according to the

available space on the handset memory or a microSD Card and
battery level.

Camera settings

■ Shooting mode/Camera to shoot with

You can switch shooting modes or cameras to shoot with according
to the shooting condition and subject.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Camera]

1

[G]/[D]

2

Select an item

3

Camera: Switch to a standard camera.
Easy auto: A mode to automatically adjust the camera

according to the subject.

Standard: A standard mode.
Portrait: A mode suitable for portrait shot.
Portrait(Night): A mode suitable for portrait shot against a

night view.

Landscape: A mode suitable for landscape shot.
Night: A mode suitable for night view shot.
Food: A mode suitable for food shot.
Text: A mode suitable for character shot.
Sepia: A mode for shooting with a sepia effect applied.

Monochrome: A mode for monochrome shot.
Bleach bypass: A mode for shooting while making shady

parts appear darker and stressing chromatic contrast.

Multi Focus: A camera for shooting with an entire photo

focused.

Rapid Shooting: A camera for automatically shooting multiple

photos in a row just by touching the shutter once.

Fish Eye: A camera for shooting distorted photos as if you

used a fisheye lens.

Miniaturize: A camera for shooting landscape photos as if the

scenes were replicated in miniature size.

Panorama: A camera for shooting in panorama size.
Camera Reader: Activate Camera reader. For details on

Camera reader nP. 63 “Business card reader”, P. 63 “Bar
code reader”, P. 63 “Store information reader”, P. 64 “Text
reader”

Hand Mirror: A mode for reflecting yourself like a hand mirror

using the in-camera.

Before switching to another mode, some shooting modes or

cameras to shoot with may make it necessary to reactivate the
camera after ending it.

■ Settings on shooting with camera

You can change settings for the shutter or save destinations of shot
still pictures/videos.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Camera]

1

[G]/[F]

2

Select an item

3

ISO Sensitivity: Set the sensitivity for incorporation of light

according to the ambient brightness.

White Balance: Set whether to adjust color of the subject

against the ambient light source.

Mic Setting: Set whether to use the microphone while

shooting videos.

Shutter mode: Set whether to automatically shoot the subject

when he/she smiles or looks back on the camera.

Self-timer: Set whether to automatically shoot with a timer

set.

OneTouch Shutter: Set whether to make it possible to shoot

by touching the screen.

Focus settings: Set the focus according to the subject.
Anti Flicker: Set to make the screen less susceptible to

streaky shading when you shoot in a place with fluorescent
lighting.

Save to: Set a save destination.
Time Lapse: Make settings for the time lapse of the shutter

when shooting videos.

Camera Help: Check the functions of icons displayed on the

still picture shooting screen and operations on the touch
panel.

Function information: Connect to the SHARP website.
Help: Check the functions of icons displayed on the video

shooting screen and operations on the touch panel.

Translation apps

Translation finder

You can have English texts translated into Japanese in real
time just by holding the camera over English texts.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Translation

1

finder]

56

Apps

Display English texts to translate on the

2

screen/[A]

: Characters are recognized in the direction of [E]. Make sure

that the entire English texts to translate are displayed on the
screen.

: The shutter sounds and the untranslated and translated still

pictures are automatically saved.

: To make settings for Translation finder: [z]/set each item

Use the shot still picture

3

: To display/hide translated texts: [B]
: To zoom in/out: Pinch out/in
: To adjust angles of the screen: Rotate with your two fingers
: To search: Touch the translated Japanese texts or

untranslated English texts/[Net dict.]/[E/J dict.]/[Search]

: To copy the characters: Touch and hold the translated

Japanese texts or untranslated English texts/[Copy]

: To share the characters: Touch and hold the translated

Japanese texts or untranslated English texts/[Share]/
select an item

You can only have English texts translated into Japanese.

Texts may not be scanned or translated correctly depending on

the English font, background, text color, text size, layout, etc.

You may be able to have texts translated correctly by adjusting

angles of the screen to get the texts laid out horizontally.

Translation Capture

You can have English texts on websites, images, etc.
translated into Japanese.

Display content to translate such as a website written in English

on the screen in advance.

[}]/[Favorites]/[Translation Capture]

1

Use the capture result

2

: The operations and precautions to be taken after translations

are the same as those for Translation finder.

Album

You can sort images and videos by people, event and location
and use them.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Album]

1

Select a category

2

: To switch folder-by-folder display/data list display: [ALL]/

[&]/[(]

Select data

3

: To delete data: Touch and hold data/[Delete]/[Yes]

Confirm the data

4

If files are not displayed, they may be displayed normally by

deleting a database file of Album. Connect the handset to a PC
using Micro USB Cable 01 (sold separately) and delete
¥PRIVATE¥SHARP¥PM¥DATABASE folder on the handset
memory or a microSD Card to use. If you delete the database
file, created information of people etc. are also deleted. Take
extra precautions and check when deleting.

Sorting data

You can sort images and videos by created group.

■ Sorting by people

In the album screen, [PORTRAIT]

1

: To set automatic sort: [z]/[Settings]/[Easy sort

setting]/set each item

Select a group

2

1 Group of data already set
2 Sort

Sort images by people.

3 Other

Display data not grouped. You can create new groups or

sort the data into created groups.

[#]/[Create new person]

3

Select data to classify/[Create]

4

: When you select multiple data, the latest one is displayed.

Select the cutout range/[OK]

5

: Drag the orange frame border to enlarge/narrow the frame.

[Input new portrait.]/enter person’s name/

6

[OK]

: Select [)] to select and enter the person’s name from the

phonebook.

Portrait photos are automatically sorted by Easy sort setting.

Some photos may not be sorted correctly depending on the
expression or direction of a person.

■ Sorting by event

In the album screen, [EVENT]

1

[Not set]

2

[#]/[Create new event]

3

Select data to classify/[Create]

4

[Input new event.]/enter an event name/

5

[OK]/[Create]

■ Sorting by location

The data with location information attached is automatically

sorted on a map.

In the album screen, [MAP]

1

[z]/[Location settings]

2

Touch and hold the data to classify/drag the

3

data to the point to register it onto/[OK]

57

Apps

Media Player

Video data list screen

Music playback screen

Play music data and video data saved on the handset memory
or a microSD Card.

The followings are the main file formats of playable music data.

AAC, HE-AAC v1, HE-AAC v2, MP3, MIDI
* Although this type of data does not appear in the all songs list,

you can play the data by activating it from another app.

The followings are the main file formats of playable video data.

However, some files may not be displayed/played.
H.263, H.264, MPEG-4, WMV, WEBM

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Media Player]

1

: If the confirmation screen asking whether to read the usage

explanations of Media Player appears, select [使い方の説明

を読む] (Read the usage explanations)/[説明を読まず利用す
る] (Use without reading the explanations).

Select data

2

Music data list screen

1 Data being played/paused
2 Title/Artist name/Album title
3 Icon indicating the data is being played/paused
4 Music data settings

Touch it to set the music as a ringtone, add the music to a

playlist or delete the music.

5 Bottom bar

Slide it to the left/right to switch displays of category.

6 Search contents
7 Index

Slide the index to move to the selected heading.

8 Thumbnail
9 Title/Artist name
a Playback time/Total playback time

*

, WMA9, OGG

Play music/video

3

: To adjust the playback volume: [x]/[y]

Video playback screen

1 Playback time
2 Jacket image
3 Title/Artist name/Album title
4 Operation panel

The following operations are available with displayed

keys.

･ To play previous data/return to the beginning of the

･ To play next data: [?]
･ To return to a location of approx. 10 seconds ago/skip

･ To play/pause the data: [:]/[;]
･ To display the data list screen: [8]
･ To repeat the data: [6]
･ To shuffle the data: [7]
･ To lock the auto-rotation of the screen: [>]

*1 When the playback time is less than approximately 2

*2 When [5] is superimposed, repeat only one song.

5 Seek bar

Drag the seek bar to change the playback position.

6 Total playback time
7 Volume bar
8 Image
9 Title/Artist name

*1

data: [=]

to a location of approx. 10 seconds later: [9]/[<]

*2

seconds: Play previous data
When the playback time is approximately 2 seconds
or more: Return to the beginning of the data

■ Sorting icons

In the data list screen, [z]/[Settings]/

1

[Arrange icons]
Drag [4] to the point to sort into/[Apply]

2

58

Apps

Managing playlists

■ Creating playlists

In the data list screen, [Play list]/[Add]/enter

1

a playlist name/[OK]
Select music data/[Apply]/[Save]/[OK]

2

■ Editing playlists

In the data list screen, [Play list]/select a

1

playlist

[Edit]

2

: To rename the playlist: [Edit title]/enter a playlist name/

[OK]

: To sort music data: Drag [4] appearing alongside the song

to sort to the point to sort into

: To delete music data: Select music data/[Delete selected

songs]

[Save]/[OK]

3

■ Deleting playlists

In the data list screen, [Play list]/[Reorder/

1

Delete]
Select a playlist/[Save]/[OK]

2

GPS/Navigation

You can display Street View using Maps and search for routes
using Navigation. You can also search for facilities near a
location on the map being displayed by genre using Local.

Using GPS function

GPS is a function to retrieve location information of devices by

receiving radio wave from GPS satellites. It is necessary to set
Access to my location to [ON] to measure the present location
(nP. 71 “Location services”).

You cannot use the handset as a navigation system for

professional use of aircrafts, vehicles, person, etc. or surveying
GPS of high accuracy. Note that DOCOMO shall not be liable for
the pure economic losses such as ones caused by using the
GPS for these purposes or by failing to confirm a positioning
result or to communicate due to handset failure, malfunction or
external factors such as power failure (including battery
exhaustion).

GPS is a service administered by the U.S. Department of

Defense. Therefore, GPS radio wave condition may be controlled
(accuracy degradation, radio wave abort, etc.) for US national
security reasons. In addition, the same results may not be
retrieved even when positioned in the same location and
environment, since the radio wave conditions may change
depending on the location of the GPS satellites.

Note that GPS uses the radio waves from artificial satellites,

therefore the following conditions may prevent the radio waves
from being received or prevent the reception status of the radio
waves from being satisfactory, resulting in an error of 300 m or
more for location information.
In or under a dense forest, in density area with buildings or

residence

In or under buildings
In a basement, tunnel, underground or underwater
Near high-tension line
Inside cars, trains, etc.

In bad weather with heavy rain/snow etc.
In bags or boxes
When people or objects are blocking the handset
When hands are covering the camera, Mobacas/TV antenna,

earpiece or proximity sensor of the handset

When using a GPS function overseas, the displayed map based

on the acquired location information (latitude and longitude
information) may not be accurate because of the legal system in
each country and the area.

Packet communication charges may be incurred, since assisted

GPS data such as satellite information is automatically retrieved
when you measure present location.

Packet communication charges are incurred when you display a

map based on location information etc.

Maps

You can measure your present location, use the navigation
function to check how to get to your destination in detail, etc.

It is necessary to set the followings to measure the present

location.
Set Access to my location to [ON] or enable [Use GPS

satellites] (nP. 71 “Location services”).

In the map displaying screen, flick [<] to the right/[Settings]/

[Google location settings]/[Access location]/[OK] to enable
[Access location].

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Maps]

1

Use the maps

2

: To rotate the screen: Rotate with your two fingers
: To display sterically: Slide up with your two fingers
: To use Navigation: [@]/search for routes
: To use Local: Touch the search box/search for facilities
: To display My Maps: [9]
: To measure present location: [0]

Set up a Google account in advance to display My Maps.

■ Street View

In the map screen, touch and hold any place

1

Touch the address, name of place or facility,

2

etc./[Street View]

: To change a displayed direction: Slide the screen up/down or

to the left/right

: To move a displayed place: Touch an arrow
: To switch to the compass mode: [4]

Some areas are not supported by Street View.

When the compass mode is used, the geomagnetic compass of

the handset and the direction displayed by Street View are
associated with each other.

Navigation

You can search for a route from a start point to an end point.

It is necessary to set the followings to use Navigation.

Enable [Use GPS satellites] (nP. 71 “Location services”).
In the map displaying screen, flick [<] to the right/[Settings]/

[Google location settings]/[Access location]/[OK] to enable
[Access location].

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Navigation]

1

Select how to get to the end point

2

Touch the search box above/enter a start

3

point

: The present location is entered while it is being measured.

59

Apps

Touch the search box below/enter an end

4

point

: Follow the instructions on the screen and operate after this

step.

Local

You can search for facilities near a location on the map being
displayed by genre.

It is necessary to set the followings to measure the present

location.
Set Access to my location to [ON] or enable [Use GPS

satellites] (nP. 71 “Location services”).

In the map displaying screen, flick [<] to the right/[Settings]/

[Google location settings]/[Access location]/[OK] to enable

[Access location].

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Local]

1

Select a genre of facilities to search

2

: Alternatively, you can search by entering a name of place to

search in the search box.

Use the search result

3

: To display detailed information: Select an address, a name of

place or facility, etc.

: If there are two or more search results, touch a marker or

slide an address, a name of place or facility, etc. to the left/
right to display the other search results. Also, touch [>] to
display the search results as a list.

YouTube

YouTube is a free online video streaming service. You can
play, search and upload videos.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[YouTube]

1

Select a video

2

: To display the search box: [O]

Hangouts

Hangouts is an online instant message service provided by
Google. You can communicate with other people having
Google account using chat (talk using characters), voice chat
and video chat.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Hangouts]

1

Select a person

2

1 Image

An image registered by the other party is displayed.

2 The other party chatting with you

[Sent you a message] appears when you have received

an invitation. Touch it to decline or reply to the invitation.

3 Add people for chat

Enter a message/[@]

3

Alarm/Clock

You can use Alarm, WorldClock, StopWatch and Timer.

Alarm

Activate an alarm tone or vibrator at the specified time/day of
the week.

You can save up to ten alarms.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Alarm/Clock]/

1

[Alarm]

: To adjust the alarm volume: [,]/[Alarm volume]/adjust

the volume/[OK]

: To set the alarm to/not to ring while the manner mode is set:

[,]/[For Manner Mode]/select the setting

Select a register destination

2

Set each item

3

1 Name

Enter the name.

2 Enable/disable alarm

Set whether to use the alarm.

3 Time

Set the time when the alarm rings.

4 Alarm sound

Set the alarm sound.

5 Repeat

Set the repetition of the alarm.

6 Ring duration

Set the alarm duration.

7 Enable/disable snooze

Set whether to use the snooze.

8 Snooze interval

Set the snooze interval.

9 Snooze repeat

Set the number of snooze repetition.

a Vibrator Setting

Set whether to use the vibrator.

An alarm is not activated when the handset is turned off at the

time for the alarm to ring.

An alarm is not activated when the time for the alarm to ring

arrives during a call. Upon the end of the call, the alarm is
activated.

When the time for an alarm to ring arrives while another alarm

is ringing, the former alarm is delayed.
When the latter one stops or the duration has elapsed, the
delayed alarm starts to ring.

60

Apps

The alarm does not sound if Alarm volume is set to “0” or if you

set For Manner Mode to [Do not Ring] while the manner mode
is set.

■ Alarm sounding screen layout

1 Snooze

Drag the icon down to stop the alarm. Snooze still works after

stopping the alarm.

You can operate only when Enable/disable snooze is set to

[ON].

2 Stop

Drag the icon down to end the alarm.

[Start]

3

: To cancel the countdown: [Reset]
: To stop the countdown: [Stop]

Schedule

Create and manage schedules.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Schedule]

1

: If the confirmation screen for the license agreement is

displayed, check the content and select [同意する] (Agree).

Check schedules

2

WorldClock

Display clocks for cities around the world.

WorldClock can display clocks for up to ten cities.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Alarm/Clock]/

1

[WorldClock]
[Add]/select a city

2

: To switch daylight saving time: Touch and hold a city/

[Switch summer time]

: To delete cities: [+]/select cities/[Delete]/[Yes]

[E] appears on cities for which daylight saving time is set.

You may not be able to switch to daylight saving time

depending on the city.

StopWatch

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Alarm/Clock]/

1

[StopWatch]

[Start]

2

: To record the lap time and split time: [Lap]

[Stop]

3

: To reset the measured time, lap time and split time: [Reset]

You can record up to 99 history items of lap time and split time.

When the number exceeds 99, they are deleted from the oldest
one.

Measured time and history are reset by ending Alarm/Clock.

Timer

Activate an alarm tone or vibration after the specified length of
time passes.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Alarm/Clock]/

1

[Timer]
Touch the set time/enter the time/[OK]

2

: Touch [10sec]/[1min]/[5min]/[10min] to add 10 seconds/1

minute/5 minutes/10 minutes to the set time.

: To reset the set time to 00 minute 00 second: [Reset]
: Select [,] to set Alarm Sound/Vibrator Setting.

1 Selected date, name of holiday
2 Registered schedule

The number of registered items is displayed.

3 Schedules for selected date
4 Create new schedule

The method for registering schedules is the same as

creating memos (nP. 62 “Memo”).

5 Switch displays

Switch display methods of the calendar.

6 Conditions

Set conditions of schedules to be displayed. Also, you

can search for schedules.

7 Jump to any date

■ Setting Schedule

In the schedule screen, [z]/[Settings]

1

Select an item

2

“Today’s schedule” setting: Set to notify the schedules of the

day at the specified time.

Alarm: Make settings for the alarm.
Initial screen: Set a screen shown when Schedule is

activated.

Starting day: Set the starting day of a week on the calendar.
Update birthday data: Apply birthday data in the phonebook

to the calendar.

Change account: Set an account used when creating

schedules.

Cloud setting: Set whether to use cloud computing.

■ Deleting a schedule

In the schedule screen, touch and hold a

1

schedule

[Delete one]/[Delete]

2

61

Apps

Memo

Create and manage memos.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Memo]/[Add]

1

: If the confirmation screen for the license agreement is

displayed, check the content and select [同意する] (Agree).

Set each item

2

1 Sticker

You can paste and remove stickers (Deco-mail

pictogram/pictogram) which decorate memos nicely.

2 Label color

Change label colors.

3 Title
4 Text
5 Edit details

You can set the details such as date and time or attach

images.

6 Icon

Change icons.

7 Text color

Change text colors of the title.

[Save]

3

Calculator

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Calculator]

1

Calculate

2

When Calculator is closed, its memories are deleted.

Results or history information may be deleted while Calculator

is activated in the background.

SH tool

You can use convenient functions such as voice recorder,
business card reader, bar code reader and dictionaries.

For details on AV Device Link nP. 84 “Cooperating with Blu-ray

Disc recorder”

For details on Contents Manager nP. 77 “Contents Manager”

Voice recorder

You cannot record when the available space on the handset

memory is less than 300 KB.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

1

[Recommendation]/[Voice Recorder]

Record/Play

2

1 Operation key

The following operations are available with displayed

keys.

･ To start recording: [p]
･ To stop recording: [q]

*1 Recording start sound is heard and recording starts.
*2 Recording stop sound is heard and recorded data is

saved.

2 Play

Display recorded data as a list. Select one of them to play

it.

If you touch immediately after recording, the data which

has just been recorded is played.

Recording start and stop sounds are activated regardless of the

setting of the handset.

Recording automatically stops when recording time reaches the

maximum or when the handset memory has no available
space.

When a call is received during recording, recording stops,

recorded data is automatically saved and the call can be
answered. After the call ends, the screen indicating that the
data has been saved appears.

When a call is received during playing, playing is automatically

paused and the call can be answered. After the call ends, the
playback screen appears with the data pausing.

*1

*2

Pedometer

Support everyday walking and jogging with the pedometer.
The number of steps, calories burnt, etc. are saved as history.
You can check them as graph.

Register User Information and enable [Pedometer On] in

advance.

If vibration or shake is applied to the handset by the vibrator etc.,

the number of steps may not be counted correctly.

Counted number of steps may not be displayed correctly

depending on how to carry the handset, measure the number of
steps or walk.

When carrying the handset in Carry Case 02 (sold separately),

put the Carry Case 02 on a belt etc.

When carrying the handset in a bag or pouch, place it in a stable

space such as in a pocket or compartment.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

1

[Recommendation]/[Pedometer/ calories]

: The confirmation screen is displayed only when the

pedometer settings have not been finished. Select [Yes] and
finish the pedometer settings.

The number of your first steps made for approximately 4

seconds is counted, but it will not be displayed as counted
steps. Keep walking, and then the total number of steps
including it will be displayed as counted steps.

62

Apps

Cautions when counting the number of steps

In the following cases, the number of steps may not be counted
correctly.

When the handset shakes irregularly

When a bag etc. which contains the handset shakes

irregularly by hitting legs or hip

When you are dangling the handset from your waist, bag,

etc.

When you walk irregularly

When you walk with your feet sliding or when you walk

irregularly wearing sandals, geta, slippers, etc.

When a disarray of walk occurs such as by walking in the

crowded place

When the handset is used in a place with up-and-down

movement or frequent vibration

When you stand up or sit down
When you play sports other than walking and jogging
When you walk up/down stairs or steep slope
When the handset is being wobbled in a vehicle (bicycle,

car, train, bus, etc.)

When you walk extremely slowly

■ Pedometer setting

You can make settings for the pedometer such as User Information.
To enable [Pedometer On], register User Information in advance.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

1

[Recommendation]/[Pedometer/ calories]
[z]/[Settings]

2

Select an item

3

Pedometer On: Set whether to use the pedometer.
User Information: Register height, weight and step length.
Pedometer Reset Time: Set time to reset the pedometer.

When [Pedometer On] is enabled, the number of steps is

always counted while the power is turned on.

The display of the pedometer is reset once a day at the time set

for [Pedometer Reset Time].

Business card reader

You can scan information such as name or phone number
from a business card (Japanese/English) with the camera and
save it to the phonebook.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

1

[Reading]/[Read business card.]

: To adjust the brightness: Slide your finger up/down

Display a business card in the center of the

2

screen/[Read]

: The shutter sounds.
: Hold the handset securely to fit the entire business card

within the frame displayed on the screen. Make sure that no
other objects, especially text-written objects, are displayed
on the screen.

: Keep the camera approximately 10 cm away from the

business card.

: As for scanning, the direction of the business card can be

either vertical or horizontal on the screen. Do not place the
card obliquely.

[Recognition]

3

[Add to Address book]

4

: To copy the scan result: [z]/[Copy All]

Select to which account to register/[OK]

5

: The shot card image is automatically saved.

[No]

6

: To edit the registered contact: [Yes]/edit the contact

Some business cards cannot be scanned or recognized

properly.

Bar code reader

You can use the camera to scan bar codes (JAN/QR codes),
and perform various operations according to the contents of
scanned item.

JAN code

JAN code is a type of bar code using vertical bars with varying

widths to express numbers.

JAN8 and JAN13 can be scanned.

QR code

QR code is a type of two-dimensional code expressing data

vertically and horizontally.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

1

[Reading]/[Read barcode.]

: To adjust the brightness: Slide your finger up/down

Scan the bar code

2

: The bar code reader screen appears and scanning starts.

Display bar code to be scanned in the center of the screen.

: Position the camera approximately 10 cm right away from the

bar code. Keep the bar code and handset as stationary as
possible to make it easy for the bar code to be recognized.

: When scanning is complete, an end tone sounds and the

scan result screen appears.

Split data

: QR codes include one which forms a single data after split

multiple data (up to 16) are scanned. Repeat the scanning
operation until all split data are scanned and a scan result
appears.

Use the scan result

3

: When you have scanned a phone number, URL or mail

address, touch the scan result to use it.

: To register the scan result: [z]/[Entry data]

･ In the bar code reader screen, [z]/[Confirm data]/

select data to confirm the registered scan result.

: To copy the scan result: [z]/[Copy All]

Some bar codes may not be scanned depending on types or

sizes.

Bar codes may not be scanned due to scratches, dirt, damage,

poor print quality, lighting conditions or QR code version.

Store information reader

You can scan information such as store name or phone
number from a magazine etc. by using the camera, and save it
to the phonebook.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

1

[Reading]/[Read retail directory.]

: To adjust the brightness: Slide your finger up/down

Display information in the center of the

2

screen/[Read]

: The shutter sounds.
: Hold the handset securely to fit necessary information within

the screen. However, if the text gets too small, display a
phone number, an address, etc. large enough to be scanned.

63

Apps

: Keep the camera approximately 10 cm away from necessary

information.

[Recognition]

3

[Add to Address book]

4

: To copy the scan result: [z]/[Copy All]

Select to which account to register/[OK]

5

: The shot image is automatically saved.

[No]

6

: To edit the registered contact: [Yes]/edit the contact

Some information may not be scanned or recognized properly

depending on the description of magazine etc.

Text reader

You can scan an article of newspaper, magazines, etc. by
using the camera, and perform various operations.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

1

[Reading]/[Read character.]

: To adjust the brightness: Slide your finger up/down

Display the text to scan on the screen/[Shoot]

2

: The shutter sounds.

Point the cursor to the line to scan with [#]/

3

[$]/[Read]

: When characters written in vertical direction are recognized:

[%]/[&]

: The line to which the cursor is pointed is displayed in light

blue frame.

[OK]

4

: To change scanning modes: [z]/select a mode

Use the scan result

5

: To copy the scan result: [Copy All]
: When you have scanned a phone number, URL or mail

address, touch the scan result to use it.

: To scan characters continuously: [z]/[Read next]/scan

characters

: To insert a line feed and scan characters additionally:

[z]/[Read more]/scan characters

: To search in dictionaries: [z]/[Search dictionary]/select

an app/search in dictionaries

: To edit the scan result: [z]/[Edit]/edit the characters

Text may not be scanned correctly due to scratches, dirt,

damage, poor print quality, lighting conditions or text size.

Dictionary

Enter the keyword and search in the built-in or online
dictionaries.

By default, the following e-dictionaries are preset on the handset

(Part of the dictionaries may differ from printed versions due to
computerization).
明鏡国語辞典MX 第二版 (Meikyo Japanese Dictionary MX

(2nd edition))

Containing approximately 64,000 words centered around

frequently used modern language. Wide range of new words

and information on wrong use are added.

ジーニアス英和辞典MX 増補版 (Genius EJ Dictionary MX

(expanded edition))

A major English-Japanese dictionary, which is convenient for

reading newspapers, magazines and various articles. New

words and technical terms are added. Containing

approximately 202,000 words.

ジーニアス和英辞典MX 第２版 (Genius JE Dictionary MX

(2nd edition))
A full-fledged words Japanese-English dictionary, which
contains approximately 67,000 words centered around
modern language and 84,000 examples for usage of words.
Also it contains wide range of proper nouns such as place
names and personal names.

(“明鏡国語辞典MX 第二版” ©KITAHARA Yasuo and Taishukan,
2012, “ジーニアス英和辞典MX 増補版”, “ジーニアス和英辞典MX
第２版” ©MINAMIDE Kosei, NAKAMURA Mitsuo and Taishukan,

2012)

“百科事典” (Encyclopedia), an online dictionary, is available by

default.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

1

[Dictionary]/[Japanese dictionary]/
[English-Japanese dictionary]/
[Japanese-English dictionary]/[Net dictionary]

Search

2

: An English-Japanese dictionary is used in the following

screen.

1 Dictionary icon

Display the dictionary you use now.
Touch it to switch the dictionaries to use.

2 Switching input mode

Touch it to switch input modes.

3 Word card/Setting

When you use a built-in dictionary, the registered word

cards are displayed.

When you use an online dictionary, you can set the

search method.

4 Search keyword entry field

Enter a keyword to search with.
When you use a built-in dictionary, search results are

displayed every time a character is entered.

When you use an online dictionary, enter the keyword/

[Search] to display search results.

5 Home

Search for a new word.

6 Switch dictionary

Switch the dictionaries to use.

7 History

Display the words you have searched before.

8 Word test/Manage

When you use a built-in dictionary, word test based on

the word cards you have registered in the search result
screen is available.

When you use an online dictionary, you can manage it.

Select a search result

3

: To register the search result as a word card: [Add word card]

64

Apps

microSD backup

You can collectively back up/restore data saved on the
handset memory.

The following data can be backed up/restored using microSD

backup.

Phonebook  SMS  Bookmark Calendar

User/Learning dictionary (iWnn IME - SH edition)
During microSD backup, [Airplane mode] is enabled.
When the available space on the handset memory is less than 11

MB, microSD backup is not available.
Insert a microSD Card in advance.

■ Saving backup file

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Storage]/[microSD backup]
[Backup]/enter the passcode/[OK]

2

Select the data categories to save

3

: If you select [Address Book], the screen for selecting which

account to save is displayed.

[Save]/[Yes]

4

[Complete]

5

You cannot save the data when the battery level is insufficient.

■ Restoring backup file

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Storage]/[microSD backup]
[Restore]/enter the passcode/[OK]

2

Select backup files to restore

3

[Add registration]/[Delete and register]

4

: The confirmation screen appears. Follow the instructions on

the screen and operate after this step.

You cannot restore the data when the battery level is

insufficient.

Note that, when you restore User/Learning dictionary (iWnn

IME - SH edition) data, User/Learning dictionary (iWnn IME ­SH edition) data saved on the handset memory is deleted even
if you select [Add registration].

■ Setting/Managing backup file

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Storage]/[microSD backup]/[Management/
Settings]

Select an item

2

Organize backup files: Delete saved backup data.
Addr.book pic backup: Set whether to back up images

registered in a phonebook when backing up the phonebook.

View result screen: Display the latest result of saving/

restoring backup files.

docomo backup

You can back up to/restore from “Data Storage Box” or
“microSD Card”.

Backing up to/Restoring from Data Storage
Box

You can move and back up data such as music data,
bookmarks and call logs by using Data Storage Box.

The following data can be backed up to/restored from Data

Storage Box.

Music data  Bookmark Call log
User dictionary

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo backup]

1

: If the confirmation screen for the license agreement is

displayed, check the content and select [Agree].

: If Backup reminder settings is displayed, check the content,

follow the instructions on the screen and operate.

[Backup/restore to docomo cloud]

2

■ Backing up data to Data Storage Box

In the screen for backing up to/restoring from

1

Data Storage Box, [Backup]

: If the confirmation screen for login is displayed, follow the

instructions on the screen and operate.

Select the data categories to save

2

[Start backup]/[Backup]

3

Enter the docomo apps password/[OK]

4

[Back to cloud top]

5

When Backup reminder settings is set to [ON], the timing of

backup is periodically displayed on the status bar.

■ Restoring data to the handset

In the screen for backing up to/restoring from

1

Data Storage Box, [Restore]

: If the confirmation screen for login is displayed, follow the

instructions on the screen and operate.

[Select] of a data category to restore

2

Select a backup file/[Select]

3

[Add]/[Overwrite]

4

[Start restore]/[Restore]

5

Enter the docomo apps password/[OK]

6

[Back to cloud top]

7

When you restore data from Data Storage Box, data is restored

to the save destination from which it was backed up. If you
change models etc., data may be restored to a save destination
different from the location from which it was backed up.

65

Apps

Backing up to/Restoring from a microSD
Card

You can move and back up data such as phonebooks, docomo
mails and bookmarks by using an external memory device
such as a microSD Card.

The following data can be backed up to/restored from a microSD

Card.

Phonebook  docomo mail  Image

Video  Music data Bookmark

Call log  User dictionary ToruCa

Schedule/Memo
When a microSD Card is not inserted, images, videos, music

data, etc. are saved on the handset memory. When you use

Backup/restore to microSD, only the data saved on the handset

memory are backed up. The data saved on a microSD Card are

not backed up.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo backup]

1

: If the confirmation screen for the license agreement is

displayed, check the content and select [Agree].

: If Backup reminder settings is displayed, check the content,

follow the instructions on the screen and operate.

[Backup/restore to microSD]

2

Do not remove the microSD Card from the handset while

backing up or restoring data. Data on the handset may be
damaged.

When the battery level is insufficient, backup or restoration may

not be available. In this case, back up or restore again after
charging the handset.

■ Backing up data to a microSD Card

Insert a microSD Card in advance.

In the SD card backup screen, [Backup]

1

Select the data categories to save

2

[Start backup]/[Backup]

3

Enter the docomo apps password/[OK]

4

[Back to top]

5

When you back up phonebook to a microSD Card, you cannot

copy phonebook data without name.

When the available space on the microSD Card is insufficient,

backup may not be available. In this case, secure enough
space by deleting unnecessary files from the microSD Card.

■ Restoring data to the handset

Insert a microSD Card that includes backup files created via

Backup/restore to microSD in advance.
When restoring phonebooks, you can also restore files created

with PhoneBookCopy or with a function in an i-mode-enabled

device which allows you to back up data to a microSD Card.

In the SD card backup screen, [Restore]

1

[Select] of a data category to restore

2

Select backup files/[Select]

3

[Add]/[Overwrite]

4

[Start restore]/[Restore]

5

Enter the docomo apps password/[OK]

6

[Back to top]

7

■ Copying phonebook of Google account to docomo

account

In the SD card backup screen, [Phonebook

1

account copy]

[Select] of a phonebook of Google account

2

[Overwrite]/[Add]/[OK]

3

If the name of a phonebook item (phone number etc.) on other

devices differs from that on your handset, the name of the item
may be changed or deleted. Also, characters which can be
registered to phonebook differ among devices, so the
characters may be deleted at the copy destination.

66

Apps

Handset Settings

Setting menu

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings] to display the menu
and make various settings for the handset.

Profile Display your phone number registered on the

Call Make settings for call such as voice mail and

Sound Make settings for the manner mode, ringtone,

Display Make settings for the screen display etc.

Storage Check the available space on a microSD Card,

Battery &
energy saving

Useful Make settings for Grip sensor/Recent Apps key

Magical Theme
Settings

Home
applications

Application Check names, versions, memory usage, etc. of

Wi-Fi Make settings for the Wi-Fi function.

Bluetooth Connect the handset and Bluetooth devices

Data usage Measure the volume of data communicated via

More... Make settings for other functions in WIRELESS

docomo
service/cloud

Location
services

Lock & Security Make settings for the security lock.

Language &
input

Backup & reset Perform Reset all or transfer data.

Add account Add accounts.

Date & time Make settings for the date and time and their

Accessibility Make settings for accessibility options.

Device info Check the information about the handset.

Profile

You can display your phone number registered on the docomo
mini UIM card and register a name, mail address, etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Profile]
[Edit]/set each item/[Save]

2

docomo mini UIM card and register a name,
mail address, etc.

call rejection.

incoming lamp, etc.

the handset, etc., manage the backup, etc.

Activate Energy saving settings or Energy save
standby, check the battery level, etc.

or perform Self check.

Switch wallpapers, icons, etc. collectively
according to the work theme.

Switch lock screens or home apps to use.

apps, enable/disable apps, uninstall them, etc.

wirelessly.

mobile networks and display it on a diagram.

& NETWORKS.

Make settings for the docomo service.

Make settings for the way to retrieve location
information.

Make settings for the language displayed on the
screen, character entry, text-to-speech, etc.

format.

Sound

You can make settings for the manner mode, ringtone,
incoming lamp, etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Sound]

Select an item

2

Mode settings: For details nP. 67 “Mode settings”
Volume: Set the volume of the media playback sound,

ringtone, etc.

For Incoming call: Make settings for operations for when

receiving calls.
･ To set the incoming lamp: [Incoming lamp]/[Blinking

pattern]/[Blinking color]/select a type/color/[OK]

For notification: Make settings for operations for receiving

notifications.
･ To make the notification lamp flash: [Pulse notification light]

Haptic feedback: Set whether to activate the vibrator when a

specific key operation etc. is carried out.

Audible touch tones: Set whether or not to enable operation

sounds for when touching menus etc.

Dial pad touch tones: Set whether or not to enable dialing

sounds.

Screen lock sounds: Set whether or not to enable sounds for

when locking/unlocking the touch panel.

Sound start charging: Set whether to ring sounds when

charging starts.

Mode settings

You can set to avoid disturbing others when in public.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Sound]/[Mode settings]

: Alternatively, H (for at least 1 second)/[b]/[c]/[d]/[e] to

enable/disable the manner mode.

Select the type of the manner mode

2

Standard manner mode: The ringtone and operation sound

are silenced, and the vibrator is activated when receiving a
call or others. When Answering memo setting is set to
[Mannermode], the answering memo is enabled and
operated according to its setting.

Drive manner mode: The ringtone and operation sound are

silenced, and even the vibrator is not activated when
receiving a call or others. The answering memo is enabled
and operated with Answering message setting set to
[Drive(Mickey&Minnie)].

Silent manner mode: The ringtone and operation sound are

silenced, and even the vibrator is not activated when
receiving a call or others. When Answering memo setting is
set to [Mannermode], the answering memo is enabled and
operated according to its setting.

OFF: Disable the manner mode.

The following sounds are not silenced even when the manner

mode is set.

Shutter sound of the camera
Focus locking sound of the camera
Record start/end sound of the video camera
Record start/end sound of the voice recorder
Media playback sound (music, video, Mobacas, TV, etc.)

While the manner mode is set, the ringtone volume cannot be

changed by touching [x]/[y].

67

Handset Settings

Display

You can make settings for the screen display etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Display]

Select an item

2

Wallpaper: Set an image for the home screen.
Welcome Sheet(lock screen): Make settings for the screen

displayed when the touch panel is locked. For details on the
settings nP. 16 “Welcome Sheet settings”

Screen edge effect: Make settings for the effect on edges of

the screen shown when the display is turned on.

Brightness: For details nP. 68 “Brightness”
Screen timeout: Set the light duration of the backlight.
Quality mode: Make settings for the picture quality.
Auto-rotate screen: Set whether to switch the screen to

horizontal/vertical display when rotating the handset 90° to
the left/right.

Bright Keep: Set whether to make the display not turned off

while holding the handset with your hand.
･ When Bright Keep is set to [ON (Notify)], [\] is displayed

on the status bar.

Sweep ON: Set whether to turn the display on by sliding the

touch panel while the display is turned off.

Font Settings: Make settings for the text size or text font.
VeilView: For details nP. 68 “VeilView”
Stand Animation: Set whether to play animation when you

place the handset on Magic Mirror Stand (sample).

Daydream: Set whether to use the screen saver.
Display left percents of Battery: Set whether to display the

percentage of the remaining battery level in the status bar.

[Welcome Sheet(lock screen)]

You can set it only when [Feel UX] is selected in Batch change

lock screen/ home application.

[Screen timeout]

Note that the continuous stand-by time is shortened when

increasing the light duration.

[Auto-rotate screen]

Auto-rotate screen may not follow the setting depending on the

app in use.

[Bright Keep]

If you do not move or operate the handset for a certain period of

time, the display may be turned off even while you are holding
the handset with your hand.

When you place the handset on a place parallel to the ground,

the display is turned off regardless of the setting of Screen
timeout.

[Font Settings]

Font may not appear correctly when activating an app

downloaded from Google Play etc.

[Stand Animation]

When you place the handset on Magic Mirror Stand horizontally

while the display is turned on and Screen lock is disabled,
animation is played once.
To play animation again, turn the display off and place it on
Magic Mirror Stand in the same way.
･ Animation may not be played depending on how to place the

handset or the running app.

･ Animation may be played even when the handset is not

placed on Magic Mirror Stand.

Brightness

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Display]/[Brightness]

Select an item

2

Outdoor view: Set whether to adjust brightness of the

backlight in a bright place.

Automatic brightness: Set whether to automatically adjust

brightness of the backlight. When not automatically
adjusting, set the brightness manually.

Eco backlight control: Save the electricity consumption of the

backlight by adjusting the picture quality efficiently.

[OK]

3

[Automatic brightness]

Note that the continuous stand-by time is shortened when

increasing the brightness of the screen.

[Eco backlight control]

The color may differ by adjusting the picture quality.

VeilView

You can prevent others from seeing the display.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Display]/[VeilView]

Select an item

2

VeilView: Set whether to enable VeilView.
Switching by motion: Set whether to make VeilView able to

be enabled/disabled by putting your hand over the upper part
of the display side for approximately 2 seconds.

Pattern setting: Set the display pattern.
Improve appearance: Make an adjustment for how the

display looks like when it faces you.

[VeilView]

[VeilView] is disabled if the power is turned off.

[Switching by motion]

Note that this function may be operated in the following cases.

When the upper part of the display side is covered while you

are carrying the handset in a bag, pocket, etc.

When you put the handset with the display side turned down
When you place an object on the upper part of the display

side

This function may not be operated on horizontal display, during

a call, etc.

[Pattern setting]

The effect of preventing others from seeing may differ

depending on the selected patterns.

Storage

You can check the available space on a microSD Card, the
handset, etc., manage the backup, etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Storage]

Select an item

2

Mount microSD/Unmount microSD: Mount/Unmount the

microSD Card.

Erase microSD: Format the microSD Card.
Unmount USB memory: Unmount the USB memory.
File Management: Manage data saved on the USB memory

etc.

microSD backup: For details nP. 65 “microSD backup”

68

Handset Settings

Precautions about inserting and removing a microSD Card are

displayed every time the handset power is turned on.

[Mount microSD], [Unmount microSD]

Unmount the microSD Card and turn off the power before

inserting/removing the microSD Card.

[Erase microSD]

Note that all the data on the microSD Card will be deleted when

formatted.

[Unmount USB memory]

Unmount the USB memory before removing it.

USB connection

You can change the settings for connecting the handset to a
PC using Micro USB Cable 01 (sold separately).

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Storage]/[z]/[USB connection]

Select an item

2

MTP mode: This is a mode for transferring data to the

handset memory or a microSD Card using a PC compatible
with MTP.

PTP mode: This is a mode for transferring still pictures to the

handset memory using a PC compatible with PTP.

Card reader mode: This is a mode for using a microSD Card

inserted into the handset as an external memory for a PC.

When you transfer a great deal of data, the transference may

be interrupted. In this case, split the data into several files and
send them separately.

Battery & energy saving

You can activate Energy saving settings or Energy save
standby, check the battery level, etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Battery & energy saving]

Select an item

2

Energy saving settings: For details nP. 69 “Energy saving

settings”

Energy save standby: For details nP. 69 “Energy save

standby”

Battery: Visually check changes in the remaining battery

level, battery consumption level, etc.

1 Energy save

Switch to Energy save.

2 Edit

Set the functions to save energy for individually such as

Energy saving standby and Energy saving Wi-Fi.

3 Switch by batt.

Set whether to switch to Energy save when the battery

level reaches the specified level.

4 Battery level to switch

Set the battery level to switch to Energy save at.

5 Switch time

Set whether to switch to Energy save when specified time

arrives.

When Energy saving standby is set to [ON], it controls the apps

that operate in the background while the display is turned off.

The apps that communicate periodically may not start the

communication even if Energy saving standby is set to [OFF]. In
this case, set the corresponding app again.

When Energy saving Wi-Fi is set to [ON], some apps may not

be able to connect to the other party’s device properly.

When [Energy save] is enabled by Switch by batt.

[Energy save] is not disabled even when the time set for Switch

time arrives.

[Energy save] is disabled when the battery level exceeds the

battery level to switch.

[Energy save] is not disabled even if [Switch by batt.] is

disabled.

Energy save standby

You can control the apps that operate in the background while
the display is turned off.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Battery & energy saving]/[Energy save
standby]

Set

2

Energy saving settings

You can activate Energy saving settings. You can also set to
switch to Energy save according to the battery level and the
time.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Battery & energy saving]/[Energy saving
settings]

Set

2

1 Eco standby

Switch to Eco standby.

2 Edit

Set apps to control.

3 Battery usage status

Visually check changes in the remaining battery level,

battery consumption level, etc.

Useful

You can make settings for Grip sensor/Recent Apps key or
perform Self check.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Useful]

Select an item

2

Grip sensor: For details nP. 70 “Grip sensor”

69

Handset Settings

Recent apps key: Set a function to use when you touch

[}]. For details nP. 17 “Operation while using function”

Self check: For details nP. 70 “Self check”

Grip sensor

You can make settings for Grip sensor.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Useful]/[Grip sensor]

Slide [OFF] to the right

2

Select an item

3

Operation when you hold the phone: Set the screen

displayed when you hold the handset while the display is
turned off.

Volume down for incoming calls: Set whether to minimize the

ringtone/alarm volume and activate the vibrator by holding
the handset during an incoming call or while the alarm of the
“Alarm/Clock” app is ringing.

Deterrence rotate screen: Set whether to keep the screen

displayed vertically while holding the handset.

Sensitivity setting: Set the sensitivity of Grip sensor.
Video tutorial: Check how to use Grip sensor.

[Deterrence rotate screen]

Deterrence rotate screen may not follow the setting depending

on the app in use.

[Sensitivity setting]

When you set Sensitivity setting to [Strong(while putting cover

on)], equip the handset with a case or cover in advance.

Self check

You can perform Self check of the handset.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Useful]/[Self check]
[Start checking]/select items/[Next]

2

: To restart the handset in safe mode: [Reboot with safe

mode]/[OK]

: Touch []] of an item to display help about the diagnosis.

[Next]

3

: To make a diagnosis on a displayed item: [Start diagnosis]
: To stop a diagnosis: [Cancel]/[Next item]/[Yes]
: Touch the history items of the diagnoses to check the results.

Application

You can check names, versions, memory usage, etc. of apps,
enable/disable apps, uninstall them, etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Application]

Select an app

2

■ Disabling an app

Terminate operations of an app and set it not to be displayed on the
app screen without uninstalling it.
You can disable apps which cannot be uninstalled.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Application]
Select an app/[Disable]/[OK]

2

If you disable an app, other apps which link up with the disabled

app may not work properly. In this case, enable the app.

■ Enabling an app

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Application]
Select an app/[Enable]

2

Data usage

You can measure the volume of data communicated via mobile
networks and display it on a diagram. Also, you can set the
handset to give you a warning or make data communication no
longer available once the communication volume reaches its
set limit.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Data

1

usage]

Check the data communication volume

2

1 Mobile data

Set whether to use data communication.

2 Set mobile data limit

Set the limit on the data communication volume and

suspend data communication once the limit is reached.
･ In the data usage screen, [z]/[Background

restrictions]/[OK] to restrict data communications
made by apps running in the background.

3 Data usage cycle

Set the date on which the display of the data

communication volume will be reset.

4 Diagram

Display the data communication volume.
Warning line or limit line can be set.

5 Data communication volume during a set period
6 App having used data communication

Synchronizing data

You can synchronize data between the handset and online
services. You can access the same personal information as
those stored in online services from the handset and PC, and
you can use and update data by synchronizing them.

■ Automatic synchronization

Set whether to automatically synchronize items set in each
account.
In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/select an account

type/select an account to set items to be automatically
synchronized.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Data

1

usage]
[z]/[Auto-sync data]/[OK]

2

70

Handset Settings

Register a Google account in advance when you synchronize

the phonebook of the handset memory with contacts on the
online services even if you synchronize with an account other
than Google account.

■ Manual synchronization

When Auto-sync data is disabled, you can synchronize selected

items manually.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/select

1

an account type/select an account

Select items to be synchronized

2

More

You can make settings for other functions in WIRELESS &
NETWORKS.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]

Select an item

2

Airplane mode: Restrict the use of some functions using

communication such as call/mail function.

Tethering: For details nP. 23 “Tethering”
NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings: For details nP. 49 “NFC/

Osaifu-Keitai settings”

Wireless output(Miracast): For details nP. 84 “Wireless

output (Miracast)”

FM transmitter: For details nP. 84 “FM transmitter”
Home network settings: For details nP. 83 “Home network

settings”

VPN settings: Make settings for VPN. For details

nP. 85 “Adding VPN”

Mobile networks: Make settings for use overseas. For details

nP. 86 “Settings for use overseas”

[Airplane mode]

When [Lock SIM card] is enabled, you cannot call to the

emergency number (110, 119 or 118). When [Lock SIM card] is
disabled, you can call to the emergency number (110, 119 or

118) even in Airplane mode. If you call to the emergency
number, [Airplane mode] is disabled and the call is made.

The Wi-Fi and Bluetooth function can be set to [ON] even when

[Airplane mode] is enabled.

docomo service/cloud

You can make settings for the docomo service.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[docomo service/cloud]

Select an item

2

docomo ID設定 (Set docomo ID): Set a docomo ID.
docomo cloud: Make settings for docomo cloud.
Application manager: Make settings for the confirmation for

updating apps etc.

docomo apps password: Set a password to use for apps

DOCOMO provides.

AUTO-GPS: Make settings for AUTO-GPS.
docomo location information: Make settings for the location

information service function.

Send device error information: Set whether to send error

information to the server.

Remote Initialization Service: Make settings to use services

which enable you to collectively delete data on the handset
etc. by remote control.

Profile setting: Check or change your profile used in the

docomo service.

Open source licenses: Display the open source licenses.

Some apps displayed in docomo service/cloud can be disabled.

The disabled apps may not be displayed in docomo service/
cloud.

When you newly download apps provided by DOCOMO, the

downloaded apps may be displayed in docomo service/cloud.

[docomo apps password]

docomo apps password is set to [0000] by default.

Location services

You can make settings for the way to retrieve location
information.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Location services]

Select an item

2

Access to my location: Set whether to permit the use of

location information.

Use GPS satellites: Measure location information via GPS

satellites.

Wi-Fi & mobile network location: Measure location

information via a Wi-Fi access point or base station for
mobile phones.

It is necessary to set Access to my location to [ON] to measure

the present location. Some apps require that settings be made
for location information by using the apps.

[Use GPS satellites]

Power consumption of the handset increases.

Lock & security

You can make settings for the security lock.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Lock

1

& Security]

Select an item

2

Screen lock: Make settings for the unlock method of the

touch panel for when the power or display is turned on.

NFC screen-unlock settings: Make settings for unlocking the

screen lock via NFC.

Owner info: Make settings for the owner’s information to be

displayed on the lock screen of the touch panel.

Application lock: For details nP. 72 “Application lock”
Secrecy settings: For details nP. 72 “Secrecy settings”
Contacts data access monitor: Restrict apps or services

which use the phonebook information.

Set up SIM card lock: For details nP. 73 “Setting up SIM

card lock”

Encrypt phone: For details nP. 73 “Encrypting phone”
Visible passwords: When you enter the PIN code etc., you

can display the entered characters before they turn into [・].

Device administrator: Set whether to authorize a device

administrator to manage devices.

Unknown sources: Allow installation of apps received via

websites other than Google Play, mails, etc.

Verify apps: Prevent installation of apps which may cause

damage or set whether to display the confirmation screen
before installing apps.

Use secure credentials: Allow access to secure certificates

and other credentials.

Install from microSD: Install encrypted certificates from a

microSD Card.

71

Handset Settings

Clear credentials: Delete all credentials.

[Screen lock]

If you enter wrong patterns, time during which you cannot enter

the pattern gets longer according to how many times you have
entered wrong patterns.

Five times in a row: 30 seconds
Ten times in a row: 1 minute
15 times in a row: 15 minutes
20 times in a row: 60 minutes

After you have entered wrong patterns 20 times or more in a
row, you cannot enter the pattern for 60 minutes each time you
enter wrong patterns five times in a row. If you enter the correct
pattern, the count is reset.

If you have set up your Google account and entered wrong

patterns five times in a row, [Pattern reminder] is displayed.
Unlock the touch panel by signing in with your Google account
and set a method for unlocking the touch panel again.

The following items can be set.

None: The lock screen of the touch panel is not displayed.
Slide or Touch: Set the touch panel to be unlocked by sliding

[I]. When the lock screen is switched, touch [J] to unlock.

Face Unlock: Set the touch panel to be unlocked by using the

face recognition function.

Pattern: Set a pattern which forms by linking four or more

dots.

Lock No.: Set four- to sixteen-digit number.
Password: Set four to sixteen alphanumerics or half-width

symbols including at least one alphabet.
･ Some half-width symbols are not available.

The following items in Lock & Security may be displayed/hidden

depending on the settings in Screen lock.
Improve face matching: Detect the face again over which

face recognition (Face Unlock) is to be carried out.

Liveness check: Set to unlock the screen by blinking your

eyes when face recognition (Face Unlock) is carried out.

Make pattern visible: Display tracks of the entered pattern

with line.

Automatically lock: Set how long it takes the touch panel to

be locked.

Power key to lock instantly: Set whether to lock the touch

panel regardless of the time set in Automatically lock when
you turn off the display by pressing H.

[Unknown sources]

Apps you download from the websites may be of unknown

origin. To protect your handset and personal data, download
apps only from trusted sources such as Google Play.

[Use secure credentials]

If you delete a certificate, you cannot refer to the certificate from

[Use secure credentials] but it can be referred to from other
functions. If you want to delete the certificate completely, carry
out Clear credentials.

[Clear credentials]

Settings for VPN are also deleted.

Application lock

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Lock

1

& Security]/[Application lock]
Enter the passcode/[OK]

2

Select an item

3

Restrict calls: Restrict making calls.
Make pattern visible: Display tracks of the entered finger list

with line.

Haptic feedback: Activate vibration on entering the finger list,

passcode and password.

Change security key: For details nP. 73 “Changing security

key”

If you have set any restriction, you need to enter the security

key to temporarily disable the restriction.

[Restrict calls]

You can call to the emergency number (110, 119 or 118) even

when you set Restrict calls.

Secrecy settings

You can set contacts in the phonebook not to be displayed in
the phonebook, outgoing/incoming call history, etc. by setting
the secrecy setting for the contacts.

When you temporarily disable the secret mode, both normal

contacts and contacts for which the secrecy setting is set are
displayed.

If the display is turned off while the secret mode is temporarily

disabled, the secret mode is activated.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Lock

1

& Security]/[Secrecy settings]
Enter the passcode/[OK]

2

: The secret mode is temporarily disabled.

Select an item

3

Set contact secrecy: Set the secrecy setting for contacts in

the phonebook.

Disable secret mode temporarily: Make settings for

temporary cancellation of the secret mode.

Guide: Display how to temporarily disable the secret mode

and explanation for contacts in the phonebook for which the
secrecy setting is set.

Disabling the secret mode temporarily

Drag the status bar down

1

Touch and hold [j]

2

Enter the passcode/[OK]

3

Security codes used on the handset

Some functions for convenient use of the handset require
security codes. In addition to security code used for various
handset operations, use security codes such as the network
security code when using network services. Use security
codes with various functions to fully utilize the handset.

Entered security code for various functions and PIN code turn

into [・].

72

Handset Settings

Precautions about various security codes

Do not use easily predictable numbers for security codes to be

set such as “birthday”, “part of a phone number”, “address or

room number”, “1111” or “1234”. Keep a separate memo of

security codes.
Keep security codes private. If the security codes are found and

improperly used by others, DOCOMO shall not be liable for any

damages incurred on the users.
If you forget your security codes, you are required to bring your

identification (a driver’s license etc.), your handset and your

docomo mini UIM card to a docomo Shop.

For details, contact the number listed in “General Inquiries” on

the last page.
PUK (PIN Unlock Key) is described in the agreement form

(customer copy) you received at the time of subscription at a

docomo Shop. If you made a subscription at a shop other than a

docomo Shop, bring your identification (a driver’s license etc.)

and your docomo mini UIM card to a docomo Shop or contact the

number listed in “General Inquiries” on the last page.

■ Security key (security code for various functions)

If you set any restrictions, you need to enter the security key to
temporarily disable them. [Passcode] ([0000]) is set as a security
key by default but you can change it (nP. 73 “Changing security
key”).
If you enter wrong security keys five times continuously, you

cannot enter it for 30 seconds.

■ Network security code

Network security code is a four-digit code required for confirming
the subscriber’s identity when an order is received at a docomo
Shop, docomo Information Center or “お客様サポート” (Support),
used for accessing various network services, etc. You can set any
code at the time of subscription but you can change the code.
For details on network security code, refer to the DOCOMO

website.

■ PIN code

A docomo mini UIM card has a security code called PIN code. This
security code is set to [0000] by default but you can change the
code (nP. 73 “Setting up SIM card lock”).
The PIN code is a four- to eight-digit security code that needs to be
entered for recognizing the user of the handset every time a
docomo mini UIM card is inserted or when a device is turned on to
prevent unauthorized use of the docomo mini UIM card by a third
party. Making/Receiving a call and the device operation are
enabled by entering PIN code.
Use the previously set PIN code when inserting a docomo mini

UIM card that has been used in another device. It is [0000] if the

setting has not been changed.
If you enter wrong PIN codes three times continuously, it is

locked and the docomo mini UIM card becomes unavailable. In

this case, unlock with “PUK” (PIN Unlock Key).

■ PUK (PIN Unlock Key)

PUK (PIN Unlock Key) is an eight-digit number used to disable the
PIN code lock. You cannot change the code.
If you enter wrong codes ten times continuously, the docomo

mini UIM card is completely locked. In this case, contact a

docomo Shop.

Changing security key

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Lock

1

& Security]/[Application lock]
Enter the passcode/[OK]/[Change security

2

key]

Select an item

3

Finger list: Set a pattern which forms by linking four or more

dots.

Passcode: Set four- to sixteen-digit number.
Password: Set four to sixteen alphanumerics or half-width

symbols including at least one alphabet.

Setting up SIM card lock

You can make settings for the PIN code.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Lock

1

& Security]/[Set up SIM card lock]

Select an item

2

Lock SIM card: Set whether to enter the PIN code when the

power is turned on.

Change SIM PIN: Change the PIN code.

In Japan, you cannot make a call to the emergency number

(110, 119 or 118) when a docomo mini UIM card is not inserted,
while the PIN code is locked or from the PUK (PIN Unlock Key)
entry screen.

The setting is saved on the docomo mini UIM card.

Disabling PIN lock

In the PIN locking screen, enter PUK (PIN

1

Unlock Key)

Enter a new PIN code

2

Enter the new PIN code again

3

Encrypting phone

You can encrypt data on the handset.

If you encrypt data on the handset, the password entry screen for

decrypting the storage is displayed every time the power is
turned on. Enter the lock number or password set in Screen lock.

Carry out Reset all to disable the encryption (nP. 74 “Resetting

all”).

Carry out the operations while charging the battery with its

battery level still left sufficiently.

Set Screen lock to Lock No. or Password in advance

(nP. 71 “Lock & security”).

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Lock

1

& Security]/[Encrypt phone]
[Encrypt phone]/enter the lock number/

2

password/[Next]

[Encrypt phone]

3

In the password entry screen for decrypting the storage, you

cannot make a call to the emergency number (110, 119 or 118).

Note that all data on the handset are deleted if the encryption is

interrupted.

73

Handset Settings

If you enter wrong lock numbers/passwords ten or 20 times in a

row when decrypting the storage, you cannot enter the lock
number/password for 30 seconds. Note that if you enter wrong
lock numbers/passwords 30 times in a row, the handset is
initialized.

Language & input

You can make settings for the language displayed on the
screen, character entry, text-to-speech, etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Language & input]

Select an item

2

Select language: Select Japanese/English.
Spell checker: Set whether to use Spell checker.
Personal dictionary: Register any words in the dictionary and

display them as conversion candidates when you enter
characters with Google Keyboard.

Default: Set the input software to use when entering

characters.

Google Keyboard: Make settings for Google Keyboard.
Google voice typing: Set whether to use Google voice typing.
iWnn IME - SH edition: Make settings for iWnn IME - SH

edition. For details on each item that can be set
nP. 20 “Setting character entry”

Moji-Henshu: Set whether to use Moji-Henshu.
Voice Search: Make settings for the voice input.
Text-to-speech output: Make settings for the voice for

reading the characters displayed on the handset.

Pointer speed: Set the speed of the pointer.

: Touch [C] to set the details of each item.

Text-to-speech is enabled by downloading voice data,

accessibility option, etc.

Voice data that is installed by default does not include

Japanese.

Keyboard

When you enter Japanese, use iWnn IME - SH edition.

[Spell checker], [Personal dictionary]

Japanese is not supported.

Backup & reset

You can perform Reset all or transfer data.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Backup & reset]

Select an item

2

Back up my data: Set whether to automatically back up app

data, Wi-Fi passwords, etc.

Backup account: Display a Google account whose

information is backed up.

Automatic restore: Set whether to restore data such as

settings when you re-install an app.

Reset all: For details nP. 74 “Resetting all”
Data transfer: For details nP. 74 “Data transfer”

Resetting all

You can erase all data on the handset memory.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Backup & reset]/[Reset all]
[Reset phone]/enter the passcode/[OK]/

2

[Erase everything]

: You can also erase data on a microSD Card at the same

time by enabling [Delete data in microSD as well.].

The following data are erased.

Data that are created, saved or registered
Contents that are set in the “Settings” app
Downloaded apps

If you erase an app installed by default, download it from the

manufacturer’s website. Check the product information on the
following website.

(http://3sh.jp/) (in Japanese only)

Data transfer

You can import data or back up/restore data on the handset
using a microSD Card. In addition, you can import phonebook
data on other devices using the Bluetooth function.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Backup & reset]/[Data transfer]

: Alternatively, in the home screen, [SHORTCUTS]/[データ

引継] (Data transfer) to activate it.

Select an item

2

Data import: Import data using a microSD Card or the

Bluetooth function. For details on importing data from a
microSD Card nP. 65 “Restoring backup file”

Save data to microSD: Save data on a microSD Card. For

details on saving data on a microSD Card nP. 65 “Saving
backup file”

Function information: Check how to use Data transfer.

■ Importing phonebook data using Bluetooth function

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Backup & reset]/[Data transfer]/[Data
import]

Select the type of a device from which you

2

import data

: When the screen asking whether to use the backup data on

the microSD Card is displayed, select [Import phonebook
data from smartphone.].

[Next]

3

Enable the Bluetooth function of the device

4

from which you import data/[Next]
Select the device from which you import data/

5

[Start]

: When the confirmation screen about the settings on pairing

appears, select [Pair].

: When the device from which you import data is Android, set

the device to be displayed on the handset.

[Next]

6

74

Handset Settings

[Add registration]/[Delete before registration]/

7

[OK]

: If you set up multiple accounts, the screen for selecting to

which account to register is displayed.

[OK]

8

Date & time

You can make settings for the date and time and their format.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/[Date

1

& time]

Select an item

2

Automatic date & time: Set whether to automatically adjust

the date and time.

Auto timezone: Set whether to use the time zone provided

via a network.

Set date: Set the date manually.
Set time: Set the time manually.
Select time zone: Set the time zone manually.
Use 24-hour format: Switch 12-hour format/24-hour format.
Choose date format: Set the date format to display.

When [Automatic date & time] is enabled

If the handset does not adjust the time for a while after the

power is turned on, turn off the power and restart it.

Time may not be adjusted depending on the signal status.

The clock may gain or lose a few seconds.

Accessibility

You can make settings for accessibility options.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Accessibility]

Select an item

2

Magnification gestures: Set whether to zoom in/out the

screen by touching the display three times.

Large text: Set whether to display fonts on the handset in

large size.

Power button ends call: Set whether to end a call by pressing

H.

Auto-rotate screen: Set whether to switch the screen to

horizontal/vertical display when rotating the handset 90° to
the left/right.

Speak passwords: Set whether to use voice output for

passwords.

Accessibility shortcut: Set whether the accessibility functions

can be enabled quickly.

Text-to-speech output: Make settings for the voice for

reading the characters displayed on the handset.

Touch & hold delay: Set how long you need to keep touching.
Enhance web accessibility: Set whether to permit to install

web scripts.

Device info

You can check the information about the handset.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Device info]

Select an item

2

Build number: Check the build number.
Status: Check the battery level, network in use, etc.
Adjust touch panel: Adjust the touch panel.
Adjust sensitivity of sensor: Adjust the accuracy of retrieval

by the motion sensor and geomagnetic sensor.

Software update: For details nP. 92 “Updating software”
Upgrade Android software: Upgrade the Android version. For

details nP. 94 “Android version upgrade”

Legal information: Check copyright notice, terms of service,

etc.

Authentication: Check information such as the certification of

conformity with technical regulations.

Model number: Check the model number.
Android version: Check the Android version.
Baseband version: Check the baseband version.
Kernel version: Check the kernel version.

[Adjust touch panel]

Do not touch the touch panel (display) or H, while [DO NOT

TOUCH the display.] is displayed.
The adjustment may be failed since the sensitivity adjustment
for the whole touch panel is being performed.

[Adjust sensitivity of sensor]

Make the adjustment approximately 10 seconds after the

adjustment screen appears.

Adjustment may be failed depending on surroundings or other

simultaneously running apps. Change the place where you
make adjustment, end running apps, etc.

75

Handset Settings

File Management

microSD Card slot
(display side)

Storage structure

Handset memory (internal storage)

Default folder structure of the handset memory and types of
data to be saved in each folder are as follows.

Alarms Alarm tones etc. are saved.

Android Temporary files etc. of installed apps are saved.

DCIM Still pictures and videos shot with the handset

Download Files downloaded on the browser are saved.

galapagos

Movies Videos etc. are saved.

Music Music data etc. is saved.

Notifications Notification sounds etc. are saved.

Pictures Still pictures etc. are saved.

Podcasts Music data etc. transferred from a podcast is

PRIVATE Still pictures, videos, music data, etc. are saved.

Ringtones Ringtones etc. are saved.

microSD Card (external storage)

You can save data on the handset to microSD Card or import
data on microSD Card to the handset.

SH-05F is compatible with commercially available microSD Card

of up to 2 GB, microSDHC Card of up to 32 GB and microSDXC

Card of up to 64 GB. Also, as for Speed Class

is available (as of May 2014).

* Speed Class as stated above indicates the performance of a

microSD Card. Note that all the operations related to the
performance indicated by Speed Class are not completely

guaranteed.
For information on the microSD Card, refer to the following
website.

(http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/support/d/sh05f/peripherals.html#!/

microsd_support) (in Japanese only)

The size of a file that can be used is up to 2 GB. For details on

recorded TV files nP. 52 “Recording of TV (Full-Seg/1Seg)”

Do not turn off the handset immediately after inserting the

microSD Card in the handset (while writing information needed
for the handset operation) or while editing data on the microSD
Card. Data may be damaged or the handset may not work
properly.

Format unformatted microSD Cards on the handset before use

(nP. 68 “Storage”). microSD Cards formatted by PCs or other
devices may not be used properly on the handset.

Data saved on the microSD Cards from other devices may not be

displayed or played on the handset. Some data saved on the
microSD Card from the handset may not be displayed or played
on other devices.

microSDXC Card can be used only on the devices compatible

with SDXC. If you insert a microSDXC Card to devices not
compatible with SDXC, data saved on the microSDXC Card may
be damaged etc., so do not insert it.

For using a microSDXC Card with its data damaged again,

formatting the microSDXC Card by devices compatible with
SDXC is required (all the data will be deleted).

are saved.

Information on メーカーアプリ (maker appli) is
saved.

saved.

*

, Class 10 or lower

For copying data to/from among devices not compatible with

SDXC, use a card which conforms to the standard of the devices
you copy the data to/from such as microSDHC Card or microSD
Card.

Back up the data saved on a microSD Card and store in another

place. DOCOMO shall not be liable for any loss or change of the
saved data.

Before inserting or removing (including after unmounting) the

microSD Card, turn off the power. Hold the handset securely with
your hand. Data may be damaged or the handset may not work
properly.

Precautions about inserting and removing a microSD Card are

displayed every time the handset power is turned on.

■ Inserting microSD Card

Open the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card

1

slot cover (nP. 13 “Inserting docomo mini UIM
card”)

Insert the microSD Card slowly into the

2

microSD Card slot with the metal terminal side
turned up

: The microSD Card slot is below the docomo mini UIM card

slot. When you insert the microSD Card before inserting the
docomo mini UIM card, be careful not to insert the microSD
Card to the docomo mini UIM card slot.

: Insert the microSD Card slowly with your fingers until a click

is heard.

: Do not force the microSD Card in at an angle or with the

wrong side up. The microSD Card slot may be damaged.

Close the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card

3

slot cover (nP. 13 “Inserting docomo mini UIM
card”)

■ Removing microSD Card

Open the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card

1

slot cover (nP. 13 “Inserting docomo mini UIM
card”)

Gently push the microSD Card towards inside

2

(1)

: Push the microSD Card until a click is heard. It will come out

towards you. Pulling it forcibly may damage the handset or
the microSD Card.

76

File Management

Remove the microSD Card (2)

3

: Remove the microSD Card by slowly pulling it straight out.

Close the docomo mini UIM card/microSD Card

4

slot cover (nP. 13 “Inserting docomo mini UIM
card”)

Contents Manager

You can manage the data saved on the handset memory or a
microSD Card, classify them by type and display them.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Contents

1

Manager]

: Alternatively, in the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

[Recommendation]/[Contents Manager] to activate it.

Select data

2

: When a corresponding app has already been installed, select

the data to display it.

: When there are multiple corresponding apps installed on the

handset, the app selection screen may appear. Select an
app to display the data.

1 Data deleting

Select and delete data.

2 Save destination

Display data saved on the selected destination.

3 Data searching

Search for data on the handset memory or a microSD

Card by selecting search criteria.

4 Category

Display data in the selected category.

Category Displayed data

Photo Still pictures shot with the handset or

Movie Videos shot with the handset or

Music Data recorded with the handset, melodies

Doc. Office type data (.doc, .xls, .ppt, .docx,

Others Other data

Slide it to the left/right to switch displays of category.

downloaded images

downloaded videos

or WMA files

.xlsx, .pptx, .csv), PDF data or Text files

77

File Management

Data Communication

mark

iC communication

Using iC communication

You can send and receive data to and from other devices
equipped with iC communication function.

Make the initial settings of Osaifu-Keitai in advance

(nP. 48 “Using “Osaifu-Keitai compatible services””).

iC communication is not available during NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock.
Data cannot be sent by iC communication in Airplane mode.
In the following cases, data may not be sent by iC

communication.

During charging
During earphone/microphone connection
During USB connection

You can send and receive phonebooks, My profile, bookmarks,

still pictures, videos, data recorded with the voice recorder, etc.

■ When using iC communication

Use while placing the a mark of the receiver’s device over that

of the sender’s device as shown.

Do not move the devices until sending and receiving of data are

completed.

There may be some cases in which data are poorly sent and

received or the screen is off by positioning a device near
depending on the other party’s device. In this case, put a
distance between the a marks apart/closer or move them up/
down or to the left/right.

Sending and receiving by iC

To enter authentication code is required for sending and
receiving all data. The authentication code is a password
exclusive to iC communication. Before starting data
communication, the sender and receiver must enter the same
user-specified four-digit code. In addition, to enter passcode
may be required for sending all data.

■ Sending data

Example: Still picture

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Contents

1

Manager]/[Photo]
Touch and hold a still picture/[Share]/[Send

2

by IC]

[Ok]

3

Place the a mark over that of the other party’s

4

device

■ Receiving data

Place the a mark over that of the other party’s

1

device

[Accept]

2

Drag the status bar down/select the received

3

data

Bluetooth function

You can connect the handset to Bluetooth devices wirelessly.

Wireless communications with all the Bluetooth devices are not

completely guaranteed.

■ Specifications

Supported version

Bluetooth standard Ver.4.0

Output

Bluetooth standard Power Class 2

Supported profiles

HSP: Headset Profile
HFP: Hands Free Profile
A2DP: Advanced Audio Distribution Profile
AVRCP: Audio/Video Remote Control Profile
HID: Human Interface Device Profile
DUN: Dial-up Networking Profile
OPP: Object Push Profile
SPP: Serial Port Profile
PBAP: Phone Book Access Profile
PAN: Personal Area Networking Profile
HDP: Health Device Profile
PXP: Proximity Profile
FMP: Find Me Profile
ANP: Alert Notification Profile
PASP: Phone Alert Status Profile
TIP: Time Profile

*1 The handset and all Bluetooth function-installed devices have

ensured that they conform to the Bluetooth specification
according to the rules that the Bluetooth SIG defines, and are
all authenticated. However, operating methods might differ or
data might not be exchanged even when they are connected
wirelessly, depending on the features or specifications of
connected devices.

*2 Standardizes the communication procedures of Bluetooth

device per feature of a device.

*3 Connect a commercially available Bluetooth compatible

headset to the handset to talk wirelessly.

*4 Connect a commercially available Bluetooth compatible

hands-free device such as a car navigation system to the
handset to talk during hands-free operation using the car
navigation system etc.

*5 Connect a commercially available Bluetooth compatible audio

device to the handset to play music, TV audio, etc. wirelessly.
Also, remote control operation may be available from Bluetooth
devices. However, compatible devices may be limited
depending on the data type.

*6 Connect a commercially available Bluetooth compatible input

device such as a keyboard and mouse to the handset to
operate the handset from the device.

*7 Connect a Bluetooth compatible PC etc. to the handset to use

the handset as a modem and make data communications. Note
that packet communication charges are incurred. You cannot
use mobile networks on the handset during DUN connection.

*8 Connect a Bluetooth device to the handset with the file transfer

service to send and receive data between them.

*1

*2

(Supported services)

*3

*4

*8

*9

*12

*13

*14

*15

*17

*5

*5

*6

*7

*10

*11

*16

78

Data Communication

*9 Set the virtual connection with a serial cable and interconnect

between devices.

*10 Transfer phonebook data on the handset memory to a

Bluetooth device. Data may not be displayed correctly on the
other party’s device depending on the contents of the

transferred phonebook data.
*11 Join a PC network etc. and share the Internet connection.
*12 Communicate data with a commercially available health

appliance compatible with Bluetooth such as a weighing

machine.
*13 Make a Bluetooth device ring or vibrate when the Bluetooth

connection is terminated after it is moved away from the

handset.
*14 Make the handset/a Bluetooth device ring or vibrate by

operating the handset/the Bluetooth device.
*15 Notify you of incoming calls, new mails, etc. through a

Bluetooth device.
*16 Stop the ringtone or the vibrator of the handset by operating a

Bluetooth device.
*17 Synchronize clocks between a Bluetooth device and the

handset.

Refer to the manual for the Bluetooth device as well.

The settings of access points for DUN profile can be changed

from a Bluetooth device such as a PC or car navigation system.
If connection to an access point via DUN profile becomes
unavailable, it is recommended to initialize access points
(nP. 23 “Resetting an access point”).

You may not hear TV audio etc. with Bluetooth devices which

are not compatible with SCMS-T.

Precautions about handling Bluetooth devices

Note the followings when using Bluetooth devices.

Note the followings to make good connection.

Keep the distance between the handset and another

Bluetooth device within approximately 10 m with no
obstructions in sight. The distance within which you can
make connection may be shorter when there are
obstructions between them or depending on the conditions
of the surroundings (such as walls or furniture) and the
structure of a building. Especially when there is a wall or
floor of reinforced concrete between them, they may be
unable to connect with each other. Note the above
mentioned distance is not guaranteed.

Move the handset and another Bluetooth device as far away

as possible from home electric appliances, AV devices, OA
devices, etc. before connection. Bluetooth devices are liable
to be adversely affected by a microwave oven, so move
them as far away as possible from the microwave oven
while using them. Otherwise, normal connection cannot be
performed when other electric devices are powered on or
Bluetooth devices may cause noises or reception failure on
a TV or radio set.

Move the Bluetooth device to a place where connection is

possible when there is a broadcast station or radio near the
Bluetooth device and the handset cannot be connected to
the device. Strong radio waves may prevent connection
between Bluetooth devices.

Wireless connection is available with Bluetooth devices put

in a bag or pocket. However, lowering of communication
speed or noise may result when you are in between the
Bluetooth device and the handset.

Electromagnetic signals from Bluetooth devices may affect the

operation of electronic medical equipment etc. As some cases
may result in accident, turn off the handset and other Bluetooth
devices in the following places.

On trains On airplanes  In hospitals
Near automatic doors or fire alarms
In places such as gas stations where flammable gas is

generated

Radio interference with Wi-Fi compatible devices

The Bluetooth devices use the same frequency band (2.4

GHz) as wireless LANs (IEEE 802.11b/g/n). Therefore, using a
Bluetooth device near a wireless LAN device may cause the
radio interference, lowering of communication speed, noise or
connection failure. In this case, turn off the wireless LAN
device or keep the handset and the Bluetooth device at least
approximately 10 m away from the wireless LAN.

Using Bluetooth function

To register/connect a Bluetooth device, the Bluetooth passkey

may need to be entered. Before starting the registration, decide
one- to sixteen-digit number. Enter the same number on the
handset and the other party’s Bluetooth device.

Set the other party’s Bluetooth device to the registration stand-by

status in advance.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Bluetooth]

Slide [OFF] to the right

2

Select a Bluetooth device/[Pair]

3

: The confirmation screen for connection may be displayed.
: Entering the Bluetooth passkey may be necessary

depending on the other party’s Bluetooth device. Also, some
Bluetooth devices may start connecting after completing
registration.

79

Data Communication

: To display/hide the handset’s information on other Bluetooth

devices: [SH-05F]
･ The handset’s information is automatically hidden when

the period of time set for Visibility timeout has passed.

: To search for Bluetooth devices: [SEARCH FOR DEVICES]
: Touch [B] of a paired Bluetooth device to change the name

and the connection type of the other party’s Bluetooth device.

You can connect up to seven Bluetooth devices at the same

time. Bluetooth devices may not work properly or the number of
Bluetooth devices which can be connected at the same time
may differ depending on the profile.

If you fail to connect, connection may become available after

re-registration of Bluetooth devices.

When the Bluetooth function is set to [ON], the handset is set to

receive registration requests/connection requests from other
Bluetooth devices. Make the setting for displaying the handset’s
information on other Bluetooth devices in advance to allow the
handset to be searched for by other Bluetooth devices.

While in connection stand-by, even if a connection request from

a Bluetooth device is received, connection may not be made
depending on the signal status etc.

For details on the operations of the other party’s Bluetooth

device, refer to the manuals of the Bluetooth device to be used.

■ When receiving registration request from Bluetooth

device or connection request from unregistered
Bluetooth device

Registration request/Connection request from

1

Bluetooth device

Drag the status bar down/[Pairing request]/

2

[Pair]

: When the confirmation screen about the settings on pairing

appears, select [Pair].

: Entering the Bluetooth passkey may be necessary

depending on the other party’s Bluetooth device.

: The confirmation screen for connection may be displayed.

■ Unregistering Bluetooth device

In the Bluetooth screen, [B] of the Bluetooth

1

device to unregister/[Unpair]

■ Disconnecting Bluetooth device

In the Bluetooth screen, select the Bluetooth

1

device to disconnect/[OK]

■ Setting Bluetooth

Set after setting the Bluetooth function to [ON].

In the Bluetooth screen, [z]

1

Select an item

2

Rename phone: Change the handset’s name.

Visibility timeout: Set how long the handset’s information will

be displayed on other Bluetooth devices.

aptX: Set whether to use aptX

Handsfree setting: Set whether to always have voices

emitted from the connected Bluetooth compatible hands-free
device during a voice call.

BT Smart setting: Enable/Disable the BT Smart setting.

Show received files: Display the history of data received via

Bluetooth connection.

®

.

[aptX]

When you enable [aptX], sounds may not be emitted depending

on the Bluetooth device. In this case, disable [aptX].

[BT Smart setting]

When BT Smart setting is enabled, Bluetooth devices are

temporarily disconnected and then connected again.

Connections may not be available or the function may not work

properly depending on the Bluetooth Smart device to use.

When you connect another app to a Bluetooth Smart device,

BT Smart setting needs to be disabled.

Sending and receiving by Bluetooth

■ Sending data

Example: Still picture

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Contents

1

Manager]/[Photo]
Touch and hold a still picture/[Share]/

2

[Bluetooth]

: Set the receiver’s Bluetooth device to the reception stand-by

status.

Select a Bluetooth device to connect to

3

■ Receiving data

Data is sent from the sender’s Bluetooth device

1

Drag the status bar down/select the incoming

2

notification/[Accept]
Drag the status bar down/select the received

3

data

Note that if you select [Delete and register] when receiving all

data, all data registered to the target function are deleted.

Receiving all data may not be available depending on the data

type.

When available space in the save destination becomes

insufficient while receiving data, the data being received to that
point are saved and receiving ends.

Bluetooth Smart device connection

You can make a Bluetooth Smart device respond to the
handset operations, notify you of incoming calls or new mails,
etc. by operating the handset if you connect the handset to the
Bluetooth Smart device.

Enable BT Smart setting in advance (nP. 80 “Setting

Bluetooth”).

■ Notifying this device

If you have connected the handset to a Bluetooth Smart device, you
can make the Bluetooth Smart device ring or vibrate by operating
the handset.

In the Bluetooth screen, [B] of a connected

1

Bluetooth Smart device/[Notify this device]

Select a notification method

2

This is available only on Bluetooth Smart devices supporting

FMP (Find Me Profile).

80

Data Communication

■ Advanced settings

You can make settings for operations available when the handset is
connected to a Bluetooth Smart device.

In the Bluetooth screen, [B] of a connected

1

Bluetooth Smart device/[Advanced settings]

Select an item

2

Incoming call notification: Set whether to notify you through

the Bluetooth Smart device when receiving a call.

Mail reception notification: Set whether to notify you through

the Bluetooth Smart device when receiving a mail.

Alarm notification: Set whether to notify you through the

Bluetooth Smart device when an alarm rings.

Schedule notification: Set whether to notify you of schedule

notifications from the calendar through the Bluetooth Smart
device.

Time change notification: Set whether to synchronize clocks

between the Bluetooth Smart device and the handset.

Link loss notification: Set how to notify you when the

Bluetooth connection is temporarily disabled.

NFC communication

NFC stands for Near Field Communication and is a near field
wireless communication system which conforms to the
international standards set by ISO (International Organization
for Standardization). You can use the contactless IC card
function, reader/writer function (R/W), Peer to Peer function
(P2P), etc. on the handset.

Android beam

You can send and receive data to and from devices which
support Reader/Writer, P2P function.

Enable [Reader/Writer, P2P] and set Android beam to [ON] in

advance (nP. 49 “NFC/Osaifu-Keitai settings”).

Android beam is not available when NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is

set.

Android beam may not be available depending on the app.
Communication with all devices which support Reader/Writer,

P2P function is not completely guaranteed.

The precautions about using Android beam are the same as

those about iC communication (nP. 78 “When using iC
communication”).

Other precautions are the same as those for when you hold the

handset over the other device (nP. 48 “Precautions about
holding over the other device”).

■ Sending data

Example: Phonebook

In the home screen, [APPS]/[docomo

1

phonebook]/[Contacts]/select a name

Place the a mark over that of the other party’s

2

device

: [Touch to beam] appears.
: If “License Agreement” is displayed, check the content,

follow the instructions on the screen and operate.

Touch the screen

3

■ Receiving data

Place the a mark over that of the other party’s

1

device

81

Data Communication

External Device Connection

PC connection

You can use a microSD Card as an external memory for a PC
or transfer data by connecting the handset and the PC.

Connecting the handset and PC

Insert the microUSB plug of Micro USB Cable

1

01 (sold separately) horizontally into the

external connector terminal on the handset with

the side marked with “B” turned up (1)

Insert the USB plug of Micro USB Cable 01

2

horizontally into the USB connector on a PC

(2)

: When the handset is turned off, it is automatically turned on.
: For details on the mode of USB connection nP. 69 “USB

connection”

Micro USB
Cable 01

Use Micro USB Cable 01 as a USB cable. USB cables for PC

are not available, since the plug shape is different.

Using a USB HUB may prevent the equipment from working

normally.

Do not remove Micro USB Cable 01 while exchanging data with

PC. Data may be damaged.

Windows Vista, Windows 7 and Windows 8 all of which are

Japanese version are available OS of PCs for the connection.

microSD reader/writer

You can use a microSD Card as an external memory for a PC.

Insert a microSD Card and set the mode of USB connection to

[Card reader mode] in advance (nP. 69 “USB connection”).

When using a microSDXC Card, refer to P. 82 “Transferring

data”. When a message indicating to format the microSDXC
Card is displayed, do not format it.

Connect the handset to a PC via Micro USB

1

Cable 01

: The USB mass storage screen appears. If the screen does

not appear, drag the status bar down and select [USB
connected].

[Turn on USB storage]

2

: When the confirmation screen is displayed, check the

content and select [OK].

Use as a microSD reader/writer

3

Perform secure hardware removal on the PC

4

after use

[Turn off USB storage]

5

Disconnect Micro USB Cable 01 from the

6

handset and the PC

Keep side marked
with “B” up

While using as a microSD reader/writer, microSD Card cannot

be used by apps. In addition, microSD Card may not be used as
a microSD reader/writer while it is used by apps.

Transferring data

Transfer data from a PC to the handset memory or a microSD
Card.

Set the mode of USB connection to [MTP mode] or [PTP mode]

in advance (nP. 69 “USB connection”).

Connect the handset to a PC via Micro USB

1

Cable 01

Transfer data

2

Disconnect Micro USB Cable 01 from the

3

handset and the PC after use

Wireless print

You can print browser screens or images using Wi-Fi
compatible printers provided by Canon or EPSON.

For details on the Wi-Fi compatible printers for the handset etc.,

refer to the following websites.
Canon: (http://cweb.canon.jp/pixus/index.html) (in Japanese only)
EPSON: (http://www.epson.jp/products/colorio/) (in Japanese
only)

For the operation method of the Wi-Fi compatible printers, refer

to the manuals of the Wi-Fi compatible printers.

Set Wi-Fi to [ON] and connect to the same access point as that

of a Wi-Fi compatible printer in advance (nP. 23 “Wi-Fi
settings”).

The file formats of images which can be printed are JPEG, BMP

and PNG. Available printers may differ depending on the file
format.

Wireless print settings

■ Canon Wi-Fi compatible printer settings

In the browser screen/image displaying screen

1

of Album, [z]/[Wireless print]/[Canon
Wi-Fi Printer]/[Canon Wi-Fi printer]

: If the confirmation screen for the license agreement is

displayed, check the content and select [Agree].

: As for the browser screen, [Print]/select a page range/

[OK] to set the page range.

Set each item

2

Printer: Set the printer.
Paper Settings: Set the media type.
Copies: Set the number of copies.

[Print]

3

■ EPSON Wi-Fi compatible printer settings

In the browser screen/image displaying screen

1

of Album, [z]/[Wireless print]/[EPSON
Wi-Fi Printer]/[EPSON Wi-Fi printer]

: If the confirmation screen for the license agreement is

displayed, check the content and select [OK].

Set each item

2

Printer: Set the printer.
Paper Size: Set the paper size.
Media Type: Set the media type.
Layout: Set the layout.

82

External Device Connection

Print Quality: Set the print quality.

Copies: Set the number of copies.

Printing Range: Set the page range. You can set it only on

the browser screen.

Advanced Settings: Set the paper feeder, color, two-sided

printing, etc.

[Done]

3

Printing

■ Printing by Canon Wi-Fi compatible printer

Make settings for a Canon Wi-Fi compatible printer in advance

(nP. 82 “Canon Wi-Fi compatible printer settings”).

In the browser screen/image displaying screen

1

of Album, [z]/[Wireless print]/[Canon

Wi-Fi Printer]/[Canon Wi-Fi printer]

[Print]

2

: As for the browser screen, [Print]/select a page range/

[OK] to set the page range.

■ Printing by EPSON Wi-Fi compatible printer

Make settings for an EPSON Wi-Fi compatible printer in advance

(nP. 82 “EPSON Wi-Fi compatible printer settings”).

In the browser screen/image displaying screen

1

of Album, [z]/[Wireless print]/[EPSON

Wi-Fi Printer]/[EPSON Wi-Fi printer]

: To change the settings: [1]/set each item/[Done]

[Print]

2

When printing the browser screen, the printed contents may

differ from the contents displayed on the browser.

Make settings for the Wi-Fi connection before using the home

network server. For details on the settings of Wi-Fi
nP. 23 “Wi-Fi settings”

Refer to the following website for types of TV compatible with

connection with the handset.

(http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/support/d/sh05f/peripherals.html#!/dlna) (in

Japanese only)

As for how to connect the handset from a home network

compatible TV, refer to the manual of the home network
compatible TV.

Connection may not be made properly or may be canceled while

in use depending on wireless LAN access points or usage
environment. In this case, disable [Home network server] in
Home network settings and enable it again.

Check the followings when you cannot connect properly.

Access point settings
Wi-Fi connecting condition
Network settings of the home network compatible device to

connect

Security software/Firewall settings of the home network

compatible device

Home network settings of the handset
Settings of Energy saving Wi-Fi

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Home network settings]

Select an item

2

Home network server: Set whether to use the home network

server.

Wi-Fi for home NW server: Set the network to be used from

the access points set for Wi-Fi connection.

Home network server name: Register the home network

server name to be displayed on a home network compatible
TV.

Home network settings

Using Wi-Fi connection, you can watch the still pictures and
the videos and listen to the music data on a microSD Card with
a home network compatible TV etc.

You can make public the following data managed by Contents

Manager.

Data type File format

Still picture

Video MP4, 3GP (Video codecs: H.264, Audio

Music data

*1 Still pictures whose image size is larger than “4096×4096”

*2 WAV files can be played only when their data format is

･ You may not make data public when the number of each data

Store the data to make public in the following folders on a

microSD Card in advance.

Still picture ¥DCIM,

Video ¥DCIM,

Music data ¥PRIVATE¥SHARP¥CM¥MUSIC,

*1

*2

cannot be displayed.

LPCM. Also, LPCM is not displayed on the handset.

exceeds 1,000.

Data type Folder location

JPEG

codecs: aac)

MP3, LPCM (44.1 kHz/2ch), WAV (44.1
kHz/2ch)

¥PRIVATE¥SHARP¥CM¥PICTURE

¥PRIVATE¥SHARP¥CM¥MOVIE

¥PRIVATE¥SHARP¥CM¥SOUND

USB host function

The USB host function is installed on the handset. You can
use USB devices such as mice by connecting a commercially
available USB cable for peripheral device connection to the
external connector terminal.

For details on the USB host function, refer to the manuals of the

USB cable for peripheral device connection and USB devices.

Connection with all USB devices is not completely guaranteed.

Connection with the USB device is disabled when the battery

level decreases or the handset temperature lowers.

When you use the USB host function, the handset operations

may slow down.

When you connect USB devices which consume large amount

of electric power, the handset may be automatically turned off
depending on the operating state or battery level of the
handset, or surrounding temperature.

Removing USB memory

Unmount the USB memory before removing it

(nP. 68 “Storage”). Data may be damaged or the handset
may not work properly.

83

External Device Connection

Wireless output (Miracast)

You can display the same screen as that of the handset on a
TV with a wireless connection function by connecting the
handset to the TV.

You can also connect the handset to other Miracast compatible

devices such as a Miracast compatible TV adapter.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Wireless output(Miracast)]

Slide [OFF] to the right

2

Select a device to connect to

3

: The setting screen may be displayed depending on the

device to connect to. For details on the setting content, refer
to the manual of a Miracast compatible device to use.

Wireless output may not be available depending on the running

app or the displayed contents.

Wireless output may be terminated during its use depending on

the running app.

During the wireless output, you may not be able to play

copyrighted contents.

Wireless output automatically stops when the battery level

becomes insufficient.

Wireless output is not available during a call or incoming call. If

you receive a call during the wireless output, the wireless output
stops.

When Energy saving Wi-Fi is set to [ON] in Energy saving

settings, you may not be able to connect the handset to the
device to connect to properly.
In this case, set Energy saving Wi-Fi to [OFF].

The handset may be subjected to radio interference and image

distortion or jumpiness may occur depending on the conditions
of the surroundings. Also, connection may fail or output may be
terminated. Use this function in a condition with no obstructions
or other wireless devices put between the handset and a TV
etc.

FM transmitter

Transmit TV audio, music data, sounds from Navigation, etc.
via FM radio waves and receive and play the data via FM radio,
FM tuner mounted on a car, etc.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[FM transmitter]

Slide [OFF] to the right

2

: If the confirmation screen for FM transmitter auto OFF is

displayed, check the content and select [Details]/[OK].

Select an item

3

Frequency setting: Set the frequency of the FM radio waves.

Auto OFF setting: Set when to automatically set the FM

transmitter to [OFF] if TV audio, music, etc. is not played.

Set the same frequency on the receiver as that

4

on the handset

Play music etc.

5

FM transmitter is not available when the handset is in the

following cases. If the handset enters into one of the following
cases when the FM transmitter is set to [ON], the FM
transmitter will be set to [OFF] automatically.

In Airplane mode  During Bluetooth connection
During international roaming
If the handset has never been within the service area and

Access to my location has never been set to [ON] since you
turned the power on

If the handset has been outside the service area for

approximately 2 hours or more

Receivers may not emit sounds in the following cases even

when the FM transmitter is set to [ON].

During charging During USB connection
During earphone connection

Receivers do not emit sounds in the following cases even when

the FM transmitter is set to [ON].

During a call During an incoming call

Adjust the volume on the handset or the receiver when it is

emitting sounds via the FM transmitter. Also, when you
terminate the FM transmitter function, make sure that the
volumes of the handset and the receiver are not too loud before
the termination.

Cooperating with Blu-ray Disc recorder

If you connect the handset and a Blu-ray Disc recorder
compatible with the home network function to the Wi-Fi
network, you can watch/play TV programs received/recorded
with the Blu-ray Disc recorder on the handset.
Also, if you connect a home network function compatible TV to
the Wi-Fi network, you can display/play videos, still pictures,
music, etc. the handset stores on the TV.

This app uses DiXiM SDK.

The license of “DiXiM” is provided by DigiOn, Inc.
For details, refer to the website of DigiOn, Inc.

(http://www.digion.com/)

In the home screen, [APPS]/[SH tool]/

1

[Recommendation]/[AV Device Link]

Select an item

2

Watch programs recorded in recorder.: Play programs

recorded with Blu-ray Disc recorders on the handset or
transfer the programs to the handset.

Watch programs dubbed to device.: Play programs

transferred from Blu-ray Disc recorders to the handset.

Use other functions: Display/Play videos, still pictures, music,

etc. the handset stores on a TV, watch programs received
with Blu-ray Disc recorders on the handset.

When Energy saving Wi-Fi is set to [ON] in Energy saving

settings, you may not be able to connect the handset to the
device to connect to properly.
In this case, set Energy saving Wi-Fi to [OFF].

You cannot transfer data to a microSD Card.

If you transfer programs, the number of videos which can be

saved on the handset decreases.

A high bit rate video such as a FullHD one shot with the camera

may not be played smoothly on the handset via a home
network.

84

External Device Connection

VPN (Virtual Private Network)

Adding VPN

VPN (Virtual Private Network) is a connection method to
prepare and connect safely to a virtual dedicated line on the
network of a household PC or in an office from outside etc.

Acquire information about the security from network

administrators to set VPN connection from the handset.

PPTP is not available when ISP is set to sp-mode.
Set Screen lock to Pattern, Lock No. or Password in advance

(nP. 71 “Lock & security”).

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[VPN settings]/[O]

Set each item/[Save]

2

Connecting VPN

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[VPN settings]

Select a VPN to connect to

2

Enter connecting information of the VPN/

3

[Connect]

Disconnecting VPN

Drag the status bar down/touch the

1

notification indicating that VPN has been

enabled

[Disconnect]

2

85

External Device Connection

International Roaming

You can make a call using the handset while staying overseas
or make settings for international roaming, network services,
etc.

Outline of international roaming (WORLD WING)

International roaming (WORLD WING) is a service that enables
you to use the same phone number and mail address of the
handset as you use in Japan in the service area of DOCOMO
affiliated overseas network operators. You can use calls and
SMS without any changes in settings.

Available network

The handset is rated as Class 5. You can use it in the LTE network,
3G network and GSM/GPRS network service areas. In addition,
this service is available in countries and regions supporting 3G 850
MHz/GSM 850 MHz. Check the available area.

Refer to the followings before using the handset
overseas.

“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]”
DOCOMO International Services website

For country codes, international call access number, universal

number international prefix and information on countries and
regions where connections are available and available network
operators, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International
Services]” or the DOCOMO International Services website.

Available services overseas

Main communication

service

Call AAAB
SMS AAAA

*1

Mail

*1

Browser

*1 Enable [Data roaming] to use data communication when

roaming (nP. 86 “Data roaming”).
*2 Call is available with 3G network.

Some services may not be available depending on the network

operator or network.

3G 3G850

AAAA
AAAA

Before use overseas

■ Checking before departure

Check followings in Japan before using the handset overseas.

Subscription

Check the status of a subscription for WORLD WING. For

details, contact the number listed in “General Inquiries” on the
last page.

Charging battery

Use AC Adapter 03/04 (sold separately) as an AC adapter for

charging while traveling overseas.

Charge

Overseas charges (call charges, packet communication charges)

differ from those in Japan. For details, refer to “Mobile Phone
User’s Guide [International Services]” or the DOCOMO
International Services website.

GSM

(GPRS)

LTE

*2

Since some apps automatically perform communication, the

packet communication charges may be higher. Contact the app
provider for the operation of each app.

■ Setting before departure

Network service settings

If you subscribed to network services, network services such as
Voice Mail Service, Call Forwarding Service and Caller ID Display
Request Service are available from overseas. However, some
network services are not available.
To use network services overseas, setting Remote operation

settings to “Activate” is required. Remote operation settings can
be set in your country of stay (nP. 88 “Network services during
roaming”). For details on Remote operation settings in Japan
nP. 38 “Network service”

Some network services that can be set/disabled etc. may not be

available depending on overseas network operators.

■ Checking in your country of stay

The handset automatically connects to the available network
operator when you turn the power on in your country of stay.

Connection

When Network operators (nP. 87 “Network operators”) is set to
[Choose automatically], the suitable network is automatically
selected.

Settings for use overseas

At the time of purchase, the handset is set to automatically
search for and switch to available networks. When you want to
manually switch networks, set by performing following
operations.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Mobile networks]

Select an item

2

Data enabled: Set whether to use data communication.
Data roaming: For details nP. 86 “Data roaming”
Access Point Names: Set an access point.
Network Mode: For details nP. 86 “Network mode”
Network operators: For details nP. 87 “Network operators”

Data roaming

Set whether to use data communication when roaming.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Mobile networks]/[Data roaming]

: When the confirmation screen is displayed, check the

content and select [OK].

Network mode

Set a network to use.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Mobile networks]/[Network Mode]

Select an item

2

LTE/3G/GSM(Auto): Automatically switch to an available

network.

LTE/3G: Use LTE/3G network.
3G/GSM: Use 3G/GSM network.
3G: Use 3G network.
GSM: Use GSM/GPRS network.

86

International Roaming

Network operators

Search for networks and set a network operator to use.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[More...]/[Mobile networks]/[Network

operators]

: If the confirmation screen for data communication is

displayed, check the content and select [OK].

: Search for networks and a list of network operators is

displayed.

: When an error occurs during the network search, disable

[Data enabled] (nP. 86 “Settings for use overseas”) and try
again.

Select a network operator

2

: To search for network operators again: [Search networks]
: To automatically select a network operator: [Choose

automatically]

If you manually set network operators overseas, set to [Choose

automatically] after returning to Japan.

Viewing the display

[U] is displayed during international roaming.
3G/GSM/HSPA/LTE is available.
Connected network operator can be checked in the status panel.

Date & time

If [Automatic date & time] and [Auto timezone] of Date & time
are enabled, the handset receives information on time and
time differences from the network of a connected overseas
network operator, then time and time differences are
corrected.

Time and time differences may not be adjusted correctly

depending on the network of an overseas network operator. In
this case, set time zone manually.

The correction timing may differ depending on the network

operator.

For details on Date & time nP. 75 “Date & time”

Inquiries

When the handset or the docomo mini UIM card is lost or stolen

overseas, promptly contact DOCOMO and conduct a procedure
for canceling the use of service from your country of stay. Refer
to the last page for inquiries. Note that communication/call
charges after the handset or the docomo mini UIM card is lost or
stolen are incurred to the subscriber.

As for land-line phone etc., “International call access number” of

your country of stay or “Universal number international prefix” is
required.

Making/Receiving a call in your country of stay

Making a call outside your country of stay
(including Japan)

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[Dial]

1

“+” (touch and hold “0”)/enter country code,

2

area code (city code) and the other party’s
phone number/[0]

: When the area code (city code) begins with “0”, omit the first

“0” when dialing (Include the “0” when making a call to some
countries or regions such as Italy).

: Alternatively, enter a phone number/[z]/[International

call]/select a country code to enter a country code.
･ The first “0” of the area code (city code) will be omitted.

Even if you notify the caller ID, [Unknown], [Private number],

etc. may appear depending on the network operator, and the
caller ID may not be displayed correctly.

Making a call using International Dial Assist

When you make a call to other countries from your country of
stay, you can make an international call with simple operation
using International Dial Assist.

Set International dial assist in advance.
The first “0” of a phone number will be automatically converted to

the country code you set in Country code.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[Dial]

1

Enter a phone number/[0]

2

[Converted number]

3

■ Setting of International Dial Assist

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Call]/[Roaming settings]/[International dial
assist]

Select an item

2

Automatic conversion function: Set whether to make calls

using International Dial Assist.

Country code: Set country code to use when using

International Dial Assist.

International prefix: Set international prefix to use when using

International Dial Assist.

Making a call in your country of stay

You can make a domestic call in your country of stay in the
same way as you do in Japan.

Always enter the area code (city code), even when the number is

in the same area.

87

International Roaming

Making a call to a WORLD WING subscriber
overseas

When you make a call to a WORLD WING subscriber overseas,
the call is made as an international call to Japan regardless of
whether the call is made to the inside or outside of your
country of stay.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Phone]/[Dial]

1

“+” (touch and hold “0”)/enter country code

2

“81” (Japan) and the other party’s mobile

phone number excluding the first “0”/[0]

Receiving a call overseas

You can receive a call overseas in the same way as you do in
Japan.

When a call is received during international roaming, the call is

forwarded from Japan. Charges for connecting a call to Japan
are incurred by the caller and receiving charges by the receiver.

■ Having calls made to your handset

When having calls made to your handset from Japan, have your
phone number entered just as a domestic call in Japan.
When having calls made to your handset from countries other than
Japan, have the international call access number and country code
“81” (Japan) added to the beginning of your phone number with the
first “0” excluded as an international call to Japan regardless of your
country of stay.
International call access number of the country of the caller-81-90
(or 80/70)-XXXX-XXXX

Setting international roaming

Network services during roaming

You can use network services such as Voice Mail Service or
Call Forwarding Service overseas.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Call]/[Roaming settings]/[Network service]

Select an item

2

Remote operation(charged): Make settings for remote

operations.

Caller ID notification request service(charged): Make settings

for Caller ID Display Request Service.

Roaming call notification(charged): Make settings for

Incoming notification while roaming.

Roaming guidance(charged): Make settings for Roaming

guidance.

Voice mail(charged): Make settings for Voice Mail Service.
Call forwarding(charged): Make settings for Call Forwarding

Service.

Checking after homecoming

The handset automatically connects to the DOCOMO network
after returning to Japan. If it fails, make the following settings.

Set Network Mode to [LTE/3G/GSM(Auto)] (nP. 86 “Network

mode”).

Set Network operators to [Choose automatically]

(nP. 87 “Network operators”).

Roaming settings

You can make settings for international roaming.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Call]/[Roaming settings]

Select an item

2

Restricting incoming calls: Set whether to reject incoming

calls during international roaming.

Incoming notification while roaming: Set whether to notify

you of incoming call information (date and time of calls or
caller ID) by SMS, when you are in a place with no signal, the
handset is turned off or you fail to answer an incoming call
during international roaming.

Roaming guidance: Set whether to play the guidance

notifying the other party who makes a call to you during
international roaming that you are using international
roaming.

International dial assist: Make settings for International dial

assist. For details nP. 87 “Setting of International Dial
Assist”

Network service: Make settings for using network services

available during international roaming. For details
nP. 88 “Network services during roaming”

88

International Roaming

Appendix/Index

Troubleshooting (FAQ)

Troubleshooting

First, check whether the software update is required. If it is

required, update the software (nP. 92 “Updating software”).

If there is no improvement on the problems even after checking

the following items, feel free to contact the number listed in
“Repairs” (in Japanese only) on the last page or a repair counter
that DOCOMO specifies.

■ Power

The handset is not turned on

･ Make sure the battery has not run out. nP. 14 “Charging”

The screen does not respond or the handset cannot be turned off

･ You can turn the power off forcibly by pressing H for at least

8 seconds. nP. 16 “Turning power off forcibly”

･ Note that data, contents you have set, etc. may be deleted

since the power is turned off forcibly.

■ Charging

Cannot charge the battery

The charging lamp does not illuminate or it flashes

･ Is the power plug or the cigarette lighter plug of the adapter

inserted into the outlet or cigarette lighter socket properly?
nP. 15 “Charging with AC adapter/DC adapter”

･ Are the adapter and the handset set properly?

nP. 15 “Charging with AC adapter/DC adapter”

･ When using an AC adapter (sold separately), are the

microUSB plug of the AC adapter and the handset securely
connected? nP. 15 “Charging with AC adapter/DC adapter”

･ If a call, communication or another function is performed for a

long time while charging, the handset may become warm and
charging may stop. Charge again after the handset
temperature lowers. nP. 14 “Cautions while charging”

･ Is an adapter specified by NTT DOCOMO being used for

charging? Contact the number listed in “Repairs” (in Japanese
only) on the last page or a repair counter that DOCOMO
specifies if you cannot charge the battery even when using a
specified one.

■ Handset operation

Apps do not work properly (e.g. inability to activate them,

frequent errors)

･ Make sure there is no disabled app. Try again after enabling a

disabled app, if any. nP. 70 “Enabling an app”

Becomes hot while operating/charging

･ The handset, internal battery or adapter may become warm

while operating or charging, when watching TV etc. for a long
time while charging, etc. There is no operational problem.
nP. 14 “Cautions while charging”

Battery life is short

･ Make sure the handset is not left for a long time outside the

service area.
Outside the service area, since radio waves are searched to
make communication available, more electric power than
usual is used.

･ The battery life depends on the usage environment and

deterioration level. nP. 95 “Main specifications”

･ Internal battery is a consumable product. Battery life per

charge is gradually reduced every time the battery is charged.
Contact the number listed in “Repairs” (in Japanese only) on
the last page or a repair counter that DOCOMO specifies if the
battery life becomes extremely shorter than at the time of
purchase even after fully charged. nP. 15 “Internal battery
usable life”

Not activated by touching or pressing keys

･ Make sure the handset is not turned off. nP. 16 “Turning

power on”

Screen response is slow when touching or pressing keys

･ This may happen when a great deal of data is saved on the

handset, when a large amount of data is being transferred
between the handset and the microSD Card, etc.
nP. 68 “Storage”

docomo mini UIM card is not recognized

･ Is the docomo mini UIM card inserted facing right direction?

nP. 13 “docomo mini UIM card”

Clock is incorrect

･ Clock may become incorrect if the power is turned on for a

long time. Make sure [Automatic date & time] is enabled and
turn the power on again in a location with good signal
conditions. nP. 75 “Date & time”

Handset operation is unstable

･ The apps installed on the handset after purchase may become

a cause. If you can improve the symptoms by activating the
handset with the safe mode set, you may be able to improve
the symptoms by uninstalling the installed apps.

※ The safe mode is a function to activate the handset

nearly in the state of default.

･ For activating the safe mode

Turn the power on again when the power is turned off, then
touch and hold [y] from when the startup screen is
displayed (if the sleep mode is set, touch and hold it from
when the “NTT docomo” logo is displayed, or if the power is
completely turned off, touch and hold it from when the “Xi”
logo is displayed) until the home screen is displayed.
※ Alternatively, H while the power is turned on (for at least

1 second)/touch and hold [To sleep]/[Power off
completely]/[OK] to activate the safe mode.

※ When the safe mode is activated,

[セーフモード]/[Safe mode] is displayed at the bottom
left of the screen.

※ To deactivate the safe mode, turn the power on again.

･ Back up

･ Widgets created by yourself ma
･ The safe mode is not an ordinary activating state and thus

Grip sensor does not respond

･ Make sure you are not wearing a glove.
･ Make sure the handset is not equipped with a case, cover, etc.

which is not compatible with Grip sensor.

･ Make sure the handset is not wet. nP. 11 “Draining water

when the handset gets wet”

･ Make sure a metallic object does not touch the sensor.
･ Set Grip sensor to [OFF] and set it to [ON] again.

nP. 70 “Grip sensor”

the necessary information in advance before using

the safe mode.

deactivate the safe mode if you want to use in an ordinary
way.

y disappear.

■ Calling

Calls cannot be made by touching or pressing keys

･ Make sure [Restrict calls] in Application lock is not set.

nP. 72 “Application lock”

･ Make sure Airplane mode is not set. nP. 71 “More”

89

Appendix/Index

Ringtone does not sound

･ Make sure the ringtone volume is not set to “0”.

nP. 67 “Sound”

･ Make sure Public mode (power OFF), the manner mode or

Airplane mode is not activated. nP. 38 “Network service”,
P. 67 “Mode settings”, P. 71 “More”

･ Make sure call rejection is not set. nP. 38 “Reject call

setting”

･ Make sure the ringing time for Voice Mail Service or Call

Forwarding Service is not set to “0 seconds”.
nP. 38 “Network service”

Calls cannot be made ([(] does not disappear even after

moving to another place or calls cannot be made/received even
though signal status is not bad)

･ Turn the power on again or attach the docomo mini UIM card

again. nP. 13 “docomo mini UIM card”, P. 16 “Turning
power on/off”

･ Depending on the signal type, even though status is “inside

the service area” or “[!] (indicating signal status) appears”,
making/receiving a call may not be available. Move to another
place and call again.

･ Make sure the call restriction such as call rejection is not set.

nP. 38 “Reject call setting”

･ In a crowded place, heavy telephone/mail traffic may make it

difficult to get a connection. In this case, a busy tone is played.
Move to another place or call again later.

■ Screen

Display is dark

･ Make sure Screen timeout is not set to a short duration.

nP. 68 “Display”

･ Make sure the setting of Brightness is not changed.

nP. 68 “Brightness”

･ Make sure [Automatic brightness] of Brightness is not enabled.

The brightness of the screen may vary depending on the
surrounding light if the setting is enabled.
nP. 68 “Brightness”

･ Make sure [VeilView] is not enabled. nP. 68 “VeilView”

■ Sound

The other party’s voice is not heard well or is too loud during a

call

･ Make sure you did not change the in-call volume.

nP. 36 “Adjusting the in-call volume”

■ Mail

Mail is not automatically received

･ Make sure Inbox check frequency in the account settings of

Email is not set to [Never].

■ Camera

Still picture or video shot by the camera is blurred

･ Switch Focus settings of various settings to [Macro] when

shooting a nearby subject. nP. 56 “Settings on shooting with
camera”

･ Make sure the camera lens is neither misted up nor exposed

to dirt. nP. 54 “Before using camera”

■ TV

Cannot watch TV

･ Make sure the handset is not outside the area of a terrestrial

digital TV broadcasting service or in a place with weak signal.
nP. 50 “Broadcast wave and service area”

･ Make sure a channel list is created. nP. 52 “Creating

channel lists”

■ Osaifu-Keitai

Cannot use Osaifu-Keitai

･ If Omakase Lock is activated, Osaifu-Keitai functions are not

available regardless of the setting of NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock.

･ Make sure NFC/Osaifu-Keitai lock is not set. nP. 48 “NFC/

Osaifu-Keitai lock”

･ Is the a mark of the handset held over the scanning device?

nP. 48 “Precautions about holding over the other device”

■ International roaming

Cannot use the handset overseas (The signal icon appears)

･ Make sure you have subscribed to “international roaming

service (WORLD WING)”. Check the status of a subscription
to “international roaming service (WORLD WING)”.
nP. 86 “Outline of international roaming (WORLD WING)”

Cannot use the handset overseas ([(] appears)

･ Make sure the handset is not outside the service area of

international roaming or in a place with weak signal. Refer to
“Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International Services]” or the
DOCOMO International Services website to check if the
service area or network operator is available one.
nP. 86 “Outline of international roaming (WORLD WING)”

･ Change the network setting or network operator setting. Set

Network Mode to [LTE/3G/GSM(Auto)]. Set Network operators
to [Choose automatically]. nP. 86 “Network mode”,
P. 87 “Network operators”

･ Turn the power on again. The handset may recover.

nP. 16 “Turning power on/off”

Cannot use data communication overseas

･ Enable [Data roaming]. nP. 86 “Data roaming”

Suddenly the handset becomes unavailable during overseas use

･ Make sure the approximate limit of usage fee is not exceeded.

As for “international roaming service (WORLD WING)”, the
approximate limit of usage fee is set in advance. Pay off the
usage fee to resume services if usage fee exceeds the limit.

The other party’s phone number is not notified/A different phone

number from that of the other party is notified/Functions to use
details saved in the phonebook or Caller ID notification are not
activated

･ The caller ID is not displayed on the handset even though the

other party makes a call with the caller ID set to be notified if
the used network or network operator does not notify. In
addition, a different phone number from that of the other party
may be notified depending on the used network or network
operator.

■ Data management

Data is not transferred

･ Make sure a USB HUB is not used. If used, the operation may

not work correctly. nP. 82 “Connecting the handset and PC”

Data saved on the microSD Card is not displayed

･ Remove the microSD Card and insert it again.

nP. 76 “microSD Card (external storage)”

Images are not displayed correctly

･ An entire image goes black when the image data is damaged.

90

Appendix/Index

■ Bluetooth function

Cannot connect with Bluetooth connection compatible device/

Cannot find it even if searching

･ Set the Bluetooth connection compatible device (sold

commercially) side to the registration stand-by status and
register it from the handset side. To delete the registered
device once and register it again, both the Bluetooth
connection compatible device (sold commercially) and the
handset are required to be deleted on each side.
nP. 79 “Using Bluetooth function”

Calls cannot be made from the handset with an external device

such as a car navigation system or hands-free device connected

･ Making a call to a phone number may become unavailable if

you make multiple calls to the phone number in the condition
that the other party does not answer or outside the service
area. In this case, turn off the handset power and turn it on
again. nP. 16 “Turning power on/off”

■ Map/GPS function

Cannot set AUTO-GPS service information

･ Make sure AUTO-GPS has not been suspended due to

insufficient battery level. If AUTO-GPS has been suspended
due to Low-power operation settings, you cannot set
AUTO-GPS service information. In this case, set Low-power
operation settings to [Not suspend] or charge the battery to set
the service. nP. 14 “Charging”, P. 71 “docomo service/
cloud”

･ Make sure [AUTO-GPS operation settings] is not disabled.

nP. 71 “docomo service/cloud”

Error messages

[Cannot connect]

･ The connection could not be made to data broadcasting for an

unspecified reason. Try again later.

[Connection error; failed to send]

[Connection has been interrupted due to no answer]
[Server error; failed to send]
[The destination server is not supporting it.]
[Transmission error; try again in a while]

･ Appears when attempting to use mail or SMS with the line

system not in service or extremely congested. Try again later.

[Enter passcode.]

･ Appears when an operation for the restricted function was

attempted while the handset lock is set. Enter the passcode to
temporarily disable handset lock and continue operation.

･ Appears when attempting to use a function that requires the

passcode to be entered.

[Failed to get license. Cannot play.]

･ Appears when failed to update a license of copyrighted

contents that has reached the expiration date.

[Failed to send]

･ Appears when SMS was not sent properly.
･ Appears when mail was not sent properly. Try again from a

location with a strong signal.

[Insert/recheck SIM card.]

･ Make sure docomo mini UIM card is properly inserted.

nP. 13 “docomo mini UIM card”

[Low on space]

･ Available space on the handset memory is decreasing. Some

functions or apps may not work properly. Uninstall unneeded
apps or move/delete files.

[Mobile network not available.]

･ Make sure a valid network mode is set. nP. 86 “Network

mode”

[No permissions to play this content.]

･ Appears when there is no available license or when attempting

to play copyrighted contents whose playable period or limit
has expired.

[Please wait for a while(data)]

･ Packet communication network is extremely congested. Try

again later.

[Please wait for a while(voice call)]

･ Audio line network is extremely congested. Try again later.

[Utilizing the production number information. Continue?]

･ May appear while watching TV. Select [Yes] to send

manufacture number of the handset and docomo mini UIM
card.

[xx mails have been received, but some have not been received.]

･ Appears when not all mails can be received for an unspecified

reason.

Smartphone Anshin Remote Support

※This service is provided in Japanese.

By having the screen on your handset shared with DOCOMO,
you can get supports for operating and setting the handset.

In the following cases, Smartphone Anshin Remote Support is

not available.

When the docomo mini UIM card is not inserted
During internat
In Airplane mode

Smartphone Anshin Remote Sup

requires subscription.

Some operations and settings are not covered.
For details on Smartphone Anshin Remote Support, refer to the

DOCOMO website.

Make a call to Smartphone remote support

1

center

Smartphone remote support center

s 0120-783-360
Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. (open all year round)

: In the home screen, [APPS]/[遠隔サポート] (Remote

support)/[このスマートフォンから発信する] (Make a call
from this smartphone)/[0] to make a call to Smartphone
remote support center from the handset.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[遠隔サポート]

2

(Remote support)

: When you use this for the first time, you must agree to “ソフ

トウェア使用許諾書” (Software license agreement).

[遠隔サポートの接続画面に進む] (Proceed to the

3

connection screen for Remote support)/[同意
する] (Agree)
Enter the connection number provided by

4

DOCOMO

The remote support starts after the connection

5

is established

ional roaming

port is a paid service that

91

Appendix/Index

Warranty and After-Sales Service

Warranty

Make sure that the warranty card is included with your handset at

the time of purchase. Check that the name of the retailer, the
date of purchase, and the necessary details have been filled in
on the warranty card. Be sure to keep it in a safe place.
Contact the retailer if any necessary details on the warranty card
are not completed.
The warranty period without charge is 1 year from the date of
purchase.

For the purpose of improvement, the specifications for this

product and its accessories are subject to complete or partial
change without prior notice.

Information registered in your handset, such as phonebooks,

may be lost or changed if your handset is damaged, repaired or
mishandled. It is recommended that backup be kept of
information such as phonebooks.

※The handset allows you to save phonebook data etc. to the

microSD Card.

※The handset allows you to back up data such as phonebooks by

using docomo cloud.

After-Sales Services

■ If you have problems with your handset

Refer to “Troubleshooting” on this manual before requesting
repairs.
Contact the number listed in “Repairs” (in Japanese only) on the
last page if problems persist.

■ If your handset needs repairs after contacting

DOCOMO

Bring your handset to a repair counter that DOCOMO specifies.
However, repair counters are only open during business hours.
Make sure to bring your warranty card with you. Note that it may
take several days to repair depending on the condition on the
malfunctions.

During the warranty period

The handset will be repaired without charge in accordance with

the terms of the warranty.

When bringing the handset in for repairs, be sure to bring the

warranty card. Even during the warranty period, a fee will be
charged for repairs of malfunctions, damage, etc. caused by your
improper handling (damage of liquid crystal, connector, etc.) or if
no warranty certificate is presented.

Repairs for malfunctions caused by the use of devices and

consumable products other than those specified by DOCOMO
will also incur a fee, even during the warranty period.

Repairs may not be possible in the following
circumstances.

As a result of inspection, when damage from water exposure,

condensation, sweat or other liquids is found or when the internal
circuit board is damaged or deformed (Repairs may not be
possible when external connector terminal, earphone/
microphone terminal, LCD, etc. is damaged or when a housing is
cracked)

※Even when repairs are possible, repair charges will be incurred

because the warranty does not cover such damage.

After the warranty period has expired

Charged repairs will be carried out upon request.

Replacement parts

Replacement parts (required to maintain the functionality of the
handset) will be kept in stock basically for at least 4 years following
the halt of production. However, note that there may be a case
when repair is not possible for the shortage of replacement parts
etc. depending on the faulty part. Repairs may be possible even
after this period has passed, depending on the faulty part. Contact
the number listed in “Repairs” (in Japanese only) on the last page
for details.

■ IMPORTANT!

Never attempt to modify the handset or its accessories.

May cause fire, bodily injury or malfunction.
If your handset has been modified previously, it will only be

accepted for the repair as long as you agree that we restore
the handset to its original state. However, repairs may be
refused depending on the extent of the modification.
The following cases may be considered as a modification.

･ Stickers etc. are applied to the LCD or keys
･ Decorations are made to the handset with adhesive agent

etc.

･ Exterior parts etc. are replaced with those which are not

standard DOCOMO products

Repairs for any malfunction or damage caused by such

modifications will incur fees, even during the warranty period.

Information stored in your handset, such as the settings of

various functions, may be cleared or reset if your handset is
damaged, repaired or mishandled. If this occurs, please re-enter
the information or re-specify the settings.

When the handset is repaired, MAC address for Wi-Fi and

Bluetooth address may be changed regardless of the faulty part.

The following sections of the handset contain parts that generate

magnetic waves. Keep cash cards and other objects likely to be
affected by magnetic waves away from the handset. They may
become unusable.

Sections: Speaker, earpiece

If the inside of the handset gets wet or becomes moist,

immediately turn off the power though SH-05F provides
waterproof performance. Then, visit a repair counter. The
handset may not be repaired depending on its condition.

■ Memory dial (Phonebook) and downloaded

information

Created, imported or downloaded data may be modified or

deleted when changing models or repairing the handset.
DOCOMO shall not be liable for any modification or deletion of
content. DOCOMO may, at our convenience, exchange your
handset for a substitute in lieu of repairs. However, in this case,
we cannot transfer these data to replaced products except for
some data.

Updating software

Connect SH-05F to the network and check for software update.
If necessary, download update files and update.

Check the DOCOMO website for updates.
The following three kinds of update methods are available.

Auto-update : Automatically download new update files and

Now update : Immediately update.
Reserve update : Automatically update at the set time.

rewrite at the set time.

92

Appendix/Index

You can update software even if the handset contains

phonebook, camera image, mail, downloaded data, etc.
However, DOCOMO may not be able to protect data that could
be lost due to malfunction, damage, water exposure and so on.
It is recommended that important data be backed up before
software update. Note that some data, such as downloaded
data, cannot be backed up.

Using software update

Fully recharge battery before updating software. It is

recommended to connect a charger cable to the handset when
updating.

Software cannot be updated in the following cases.

During a call
When [(] is displayed
During international roaming
In Airplane mode
During Wi-Fi tethering
During USB tethering
During Android version upgrade
When date and time are set incorrectly
When battery level is insufficient for software update

* The update is not available even if Wi-Fi is connected.

Updating (downloading and rewriting) software may take time.
Making or receiving calls, each communication function and

other functions cannot be used while updating software.
However, receiving calls is possible during download.

It is recommended to update software at a location with good

signal conditions while you are not moving. Software update may
be interrupted if signal is weak.

If software has already been updated, [No update is needed.]

appears when software update is checked.

[When docomo network is not available, or during roaming,

software update is not available even if Wi-Fi is connected.]
appears during international roaming or outside the service area.
The same applies while Wi-Fi connection is set.

While updating software, received SMS is held at SMS center.
When updating software, the information unique to SH-05F

(model, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the
DOCOMO software update server. Sent information is only used
for software update.

If software update fails, the handset may not be activated, or

[Software Update failed.] may appear and no operations may be
available. In this case, bring the handset to a repair counter that
DOCOMO specifies.

When PIN code is set, the PIN code entry screen appears during

restart after rewriting and you are required to enter PIN code.

While updating software, do not activate other apps.

*

*

*

■ When software update is required

When an update file is automatically downloaded, [a] (Update
available) appears in the status bar.
If the time for the rewrite arrives with [a] (Update available)

displayed, the software is automatically rewritten and [a]
(Update available) disappears.

Drag the status bar down/select the

1

notification

: The rewrite notice screen is displayed and you can confirm

the time for the rewrite.

Select the rewrite method

2

OK: The update starts when the set time arrives.
Set Time: For details nP. 94 “Reserve update of software”
Start update: For details nP. 93 “Now update of software”

If software cannot be updated when update notification is received,

a

] (Update available) appears in the status bar.

[

If software cannot be rewritten at the time for the rewrite,

software is rewritten at the same time of the following day.

Software cannot be automatically updated when the automatic

update setting is set to [Manual Update] or while updating
software by Now update.

Now update of software

You can update software immediately.

You can update software from the rewrite notice screen or the

menu.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Device info]/[Software update]/[Start the
software update]/[Yes]

Auto-update of software

You can automatically download new update files and rewrite
the software at the set time.

■ Auto-update setting of software

The automatic update setting is set to [Automatic Update] by

default.

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/

1

[Device info]/[Software update]/[Configure

the software update]

[Automatic Update]/[Manual Update]

2

: To update software from the rewrite notice screen: Display

the rewrite notice screen/[Start update]

93

Appendix/Index

Approximately 10 seconds after [Ready for

2

update.] appears, the rewrite automatically

starts

: Touch [OK] to start the rewrite immediately.
: During update, no key operations are available. It is not

possible to cancel update.

: When the update is complete, the handset restarts and the

home screen is displayed.

When software update is not necessary, [No update is needed.]

appears.

■ Post-update display

When the software update is complete, the notification appears in
the status bar. Open the status panel and touch the notification to
display the completion screen.

Reserve update of software

You can change a time for software rewrite if you want to set a
different time for installing update files.

Display the rewrite notice screen/[Set Time]

1

Enter the time/[OK]

2

■ When reserved time arrives

Approximately 10 seconds after the rewrite screen appears at the
start time, the software rewrite automatically starts.

During update, no key operations are available. It is not

possible to cancel update.

If software cannot be updated at the start time, software is

updated at the same time of the following day.

During Android version upgrade, software is not updated even if

the reserved time arrives.

Software is updated even if the alarm or another function is

activated at the same time when the reserved time arrives.

When SH-05F is turned off at the start time, software is updated

at the same time as reserved time after turning on the power.

If [cSoftware update was suspended Please check the status

of the handset and retry.] appears in the status panel during the
software update, make sure the handset is not in any of the
following states and update the software again.

When [( ] is displayed
During Wi-Fi tethering
During USB tethering
When another function is running

Upgrading Android version

Connect the handset to the network and check for Android
version upgrade. If necessary, download upgrade files and
upgrade.

Android version upgrade

If the Android version upgrade is necessary, you will be notified

by [A] (Upgrade Android software) on the status bar or you can
visit the DOCOMO website to check the availability of version
upgrades.

The following changes are made on the handset if the Android

version is upgraded.

Improvement and addition of functions
Improvement of operations
Improvement of the product quality
Update of security patch

Be sure to keep the Android version up-to-date to use the

handset safely and comfortably.

You can upgrade the Android version even if the handset

contains data in it. However, DOCOMO may not be able to
protect data that could be lost due to malfunction, damage,
water exposure and so on. It is recommended that important
data be backed up before version upgrade. Note that some
data cannot be backed up.

■ Precautions

Once the version upgrade is completed, you cannot downgrade

the Android version to the previous one.

Fully recharge the battery before upgrading the Android version.
The docomo mini UIM card is required to upgrade the Android

version. If you want to use packet communication to upgrade the
Android version, subscription to sp-mode is required.

End all apps before upgrading the Android version. If another

app is activated during the version upgrade, the Android version
upgrade may be interrupted.

Do not turn the power off during the version upgrade.
No functions including making/receiving calls are available on the

handset during the version upgrade.

Android version cannot be upgraded in the following cases.

During a call
When [(] is displayed
During international roaming
In Airplane mode
During Wi-Fi tethering
During USB tethering
When date and time are set incorrectly
When the battery level is insufficient for Android version

upgrade

When available space on the handset memory is insufficient
Upgrading version may take time.
[Unable to start upgrading in an area where docomo signal is

unreachable or during roaming even when Wi-Fi connection is

enabled.] appears during international roaming or outside the

service area.
When version upgrade is completed, some settings are reset.

Re-enter the information or re-specify the settings.
When upgrading version, the information unique to the handset

(model, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the

DOCOMO version upgrade server. Sent information is only used

for Android version upgrade.
When PIN code is set, the PIN code entry screen appears during

restart after rewriting and you are required to enter PIN code.

94

Appendix/Index

If version upgrade fails and all operations become unavailable,

bring the handset to a repair counter that DOCOMO specifies.

Operations for upgrading Android version

If the Android version upgrade is necessary, [A] is displayed
on the status bar.

Drag the status bar down/select the

1

notification

: Even if the icon is not displayed on the status bar, you can

check whether the upgrade is available by the following
procedure. In the home screen, [APPS]/[Settings]/
[Device info]/[Upgrade Android software]/[Start
upgrading].

Select an item

2

Download now (only via Wi-Fi): Download upgrade files

immediately via Wi-Fi connection.

Download later (via Wi-Fi or Xi)

the automatically set time via Wi-Fi connection or Xi/FOMA.

Do not upgrade: End Android version upgrade without

carrying out version upgrade.

* When you cannot download upgrade files via Xi/FOMA,

[Download later (only via Wi-Fi)] is displayed.

[No upgrade is needed.] appears if the handset software is the

latest.

If the download is interrupted, data downloaded up to that point

is retained for up to 3 days. You can restart the download from
[A] (Download stopped) on the status panel.

If you select [Download later (via Wi-Fi or Xi)] or [Download

later (only via Wi-Fi)], the time for the download to start is
automatically set. The time cannot be changed. If you do not
want to download at the automatically set time, [Upgrade
Android software]/[Cancel]. Then select [Download now (only
via Wi-Fi)] and download upgrade files.

[Download now (only via Wi-Fi)], [Download later (via
Wi-Fi or Xi)]

The handset restarts after the installation is completed.

If upgrade files are downloaded, you can install them to the

handset.

Install now: Install the upgrade files immediately.
Install later: Install the upgrade files at the reserved time.

･ If you want to change the time, in the home screen,

[APPS]/[Settings]/[Device info]/[Upgrade Android
software] and change the time.

*

: Download upgrade files at

Updating apps

If you do not update an app which needs to be updated, the

app’s operations may become unstable or functions may not
work normally.

For details on the supported OS version of an app, contact the

provider of the app.

■ Updating from the status panel

If the Android version upgrade is finished and the handset restarts,
[A] is displayed on the status bar.
Drag the status bar down and [Upgrading has been completed]/
[OK] to check updated items in the update list.

■ Updating from Play Store

In the home screen, [APPS]/[Play Store]/[z]/[My apps] to
check that each app has been updated.

Main specifications

■ Handset

Product name SH-05F

Size

Weight Approx. 141 g

Memory

Continuous talk

*1, 2, 3

time

Continuous
stand-by time

3, 4

Mobacas
watching time

6

TV watching

*3, 7

time

Charge time

Display

Earphone/
Microphone
terminal

Image pickup
device

Camera

Approx. 141 (H) × Approx. 70 (W) × Approx.

9.0 (D) mm (Approx. 9.4 mm at thickest point)

ROM: 32 GB
RAM: 2 GB

FOMA/3G

Approx. 960 min

GSM

Approx. 810 min

FOMA/3G

At rest: Approx. 700 hr (Network Mode: LTE/
3G/GSM(Auto))

GSM

*2,

At rest: Approx. 590 hr (Network Mode: LTE/
3G/GSM(Auto))

LTE

At rest: Approx. 580 hr (Network Mode: LTE/
3G/GSM(Auto))

*3,

Approx. 470 min

Full-Seg: Approx. 400 min
1Seg: Approx. 530 min

AC Adapter 03: Approx. 240 min
AC Adapter 04: Approx. 170 min
DC Adapter 03: Approx. 270 min
DC Adapter 04: Approx. 180 min

Type

TFT (IGZO)
16,777,216 colors

Size

Approx. 5.0 inches

Pixels

2,073,600 pixels (FullHD: horizontal 1,080 ×
vertical 1,920 pixels)

Diameter of plug: 3.5 mm stereo mini plug
Type of pole: Quadrupoles

Type

Out-camera: Back-illuminated CMOS
In-camera: Back-illuminated CMOS

Size

Out-camera: 1/2.8 inches
In-camera: 1/6.9 inches

Effective pixels

Out-camera: Approx. 16.3 million pixels
In-camera: Approx. 2.1 million pixels

Recorded pixels (Max.)

Out-camera: Approx. 15.9 million pixels
In-camera: Approx. 2.1 million pixels

Zoom (Digital)

Out-camera: Up to approx. 16.0× (Still
picture)/Up to approx. 16.0× (Video)
In-camera: Up to approx. 16.0× (Still
picture)/Up to approx. 16.0× (Video)

*5

*5

*5

*8

*8

95

Appendix/Index

Number of recordable still pictures

Approx. 160,000 shots (when saved on the

*9

handset)
Approx. 6,500 shots (when saved on 1 GB
microSD Card)

Continuous shooting of still pictures

FullHD: 12 shots/HD: 18 shots/VGA: 50
shots

File format for still picture

Recording

Music playback

Video playback

Memory capacity Approx. 25.2 GB

Wireless LAN Meets IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n (2.4 GHz/5 GHz)/ac

Bluetooth

Languages

*1 Continuous talk time is an estimate of the time during which you

can talk on a phone in a status where signals are sent and
received normally.

*2 Talk (Communication)/Stand-by time is shortened with the

frequent use of each function such as data communications,
Multiaccess, camera function, TV function or Bluetooth
function. Actual using time may change depending on the
combination of talk (communication) and stand-by time. The
longer the talk time is, the shorter the stand-by time becomes.

*3 Talk (Communication)/Stand-by time may be reduced by

approximately half or Mobacas watching time/TV watching time
may be shortened depending on conditions including the
battery level status, functions used, temperature or other
environmental conditions, and signal strength (no signal or
weak signal).

*4 Continuous stand-by time is an estimate of the time based on

the premise that the handset is carried with you while signals
are received normally.

*5 This is the average usage time during which the handset is not

carried with you and in a status where signals are received
normally.

*6 Mobacas watching time is an estimate of watching time in a

status where signals are received normally.

JPEG

Recording time for video

Up to approx. 90 min each/Up to approx.
1,612 min in total (when saved on the
handset)
Up to approx. 64 min each/Up to approx. 64
min in total (when saved on 1 GB microSD
Card)

File format for video

MP4

Continuous playback time

WMA (Compatible with background
playback): Approx. 3,250 min
MP3 (Compatible with background
playback): Approx. 7,000 min

Continuous playback time

WMV: Approx. 990 min

Supported version

Bluetooth standard Ver.4.0

Output

Bluetooth standard Power Class 2
Supported profiles (Supported services/
versions)

HSP (1.2), HFP (1.6), A2DP (1.2), AVRCP

(1.3), HID (1.0), DUN (1.1), OPP (1.1), SPP

(1.1), PBAP (1.0), PAN (1.0), HDP (1.0),

PXP (1.0), FMP (1.0), ANP (1.0), PASP

(1.0), TIP (1.0)

Displayed languages: Japanese and English
Input languages (for typing): Japanese and
English
Input languages (for speaking): Depending on
Google voice typing

*9

*10

*10

*11

*12

*13

*7 TV watching time is an estimate of watching time in a status

where signals are received normally.

*8 CMOS (Complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) is an

image device equivalent to the film of silver salt cameras.
*9 Picture Size: VGA (640 × 480)/File size: Approx. 152 KB
*10 Picture Size: VGA (640 × 480)/File size limit: 2 GB/Type: Image

+ voice
*11 Playback app: Music/Sound effects: Natural
*12 Playback app: Video Player/Sound effects: Natural
*13 Depending on usage of apps which use common memory, the

memory capacity of each data may be reduced.

■ Internal battery

Battery Lithium-ion

Nominal voltage 3.8V DC

Nominal capacity 3,000 mAh

Approximate storable number/recordable
time

This lists the approximate number of shot images and
recording times that can be saved on 1 GB microSD Card. The
number of images that can be shot or recordable image
lengths are fewer or less when other images or other types of
files are saved on 1 GB microSD Card. Also, the number or
time may be fewer or less depending on the shooting
conditions and the subject.

■ Number of still pictures that can be shot

4K2K: 3840×2160 Approx. 290 shots

FULL HD: 1920×1080 Approx. 1,100 shots

16M: 4608×3456 Approx. 110 shots

4M: 2304×1728 Approx. 560 shots

1.6M: 1440×1080

VGA: 640×480 Approx. 6,500 shots

* Available only when you use the in-camera.

*

Approx. 1,800 shots

■ Recording time of video

Continuous shooting time of 1 GB microSD Card per shot

FullHD: 1920×1080 Approx. 8 min

HD: 1280×720 Approx. 21 min

VGA: 640×480 Approx. 64 min

QVGA: 320×240 Approx. 90 min

Total shooting time of 1 GB microSD Card

FullHD: 1920×1080 Approx. 8 min

HD: 1280×720 Approx. 21 min

VGA: 640×480 Approx. 64 min

QVGA: 320×240 Approx. 324 min

Recording time of voice recorder

Save destination

Handset memory
(approx. 25.2 GB)*

* Each recording time is up to approximately 6 hours.

Number of

entries

Up to 723 Up to approx. 4,338 hr

Recording time

96

Appendix/Index

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile Phones

This model SH-05F mobile phone complies with Japanese
technical regulations and international guidelines regarding
exposure to radio waves.

This mobile phone was designed in observance of Japanese
technical regulations regarding exposure to radio waves (*1) and
limits to exposure to radio waves recommended by a set of
equivalent international guidelines. This set of international
guidelines was set out by the International Commission on
Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), which is in
collaboration with the World Health Organization (WHO), and the
permissible limits include a substantial safety margin designed to
assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health
condition.
The technical regulations and international guidelines set out limits
for radio waves as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR, which is
the value of absorbed energy in any 10 grams of tissue over a
6-minute period. The SAR limit for mobile phones is 2.0 W/kg. The
highest SAR value for this mobile phone when tested for use at the
ear is 0.334 W/kg and when worn on the body is 0.507 W/kg (*2).
There may be slight differences between the SAR levels for each
product, but they all satisfy the limit.
The actual SAR of this mobile phone while operating can be well
below that indicated above. This is due to automatic changes to the
power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum
required to reach the network. Therefore in general, the closer you
are to a base station, the lower the power output of the device.
This mobile phone can be used in positions other than against your
ear. Please keep the mobile phone farther than 1.5 cm away from
your body by using such as a carrying case or a wearable
accessory without including any metals. This mobile phone satisfies
the technical regulations and international guidelines.
The World Health Organization has stated that “a large number of
studies have been performed over the last two decades to assess
whether mobile phones pose a potential health risk. To date, no
adverse health effects have been established as being caused by
mobile phone use.”
Please refer to the WHO website if you would like more detailed
information.

(http://www.who.int/docstore/peh-emf/publications/facts_press/

fact_english.htm)
Please refer to the websites listed below if you would like more
detailed information regarding SAR.

Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications Website:

(http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/sys/ele/index.htm)

Association of Radio Industries and Businesses Website:

(http://www.arib-emf.org/index02.html) (in Japanese only)

NTT DOCOMO, INC. Website:

(https://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/product/sar/)

SHARP Corporation Website:

(http://www.sharp.co.jp/products/menu/phone/cellular/sar/

index.html) (in Japanese only)
*1 Technical regulations are defined by the Ministerial Ordinance

Related to Radio Law (Article 14-2 of Radio Equipment
Regulations).

*2 Including other radio systems that can be simultaneously used

with Xi/FOMA.

European RF Exposure Information

Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is
designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to radio waves
recommended by international guidelines. These guidelines were
developed by the independent scientific organization ICNIRP and
include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all
persons, regardless of age and health.
The guidelines use a unit of measurement known as the Specific
Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit for mobile devices is
2W/kg and the highest SAR value for this device when tested at
the ear is 0.429 W/kg

*

and when worn on the body is 0.542 W/kg*.

For body-worn operation, this mobile device has been tested and
meets the RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory
containing no metal and positioning the handset a minimum of

1.5 cm from the body. Use of other accessories may not ensure
compliance with RF exposure guidelines.
As SAR is measured utilizing the devices highest transmitting
power the actual SAR of this device while operating is typically
below that indicated above. This is due to automatic changes to the
power level of the device to ensure it only uses the minimum level
required to reach the network.

* The tests are carried out in accordance with international

guidelines for testing.

Declaration of Conformity

In some countries/regions including Europe, there are restrictions on the use
of 5GHz WLAN that may limit the use to indoors only.
If you intend to use 5GHz WLAN on the device, check the local law s and
regulations beforehand.

Hereby, Sharp Telecommunications of Europe Ltd, declares that this
SH-05F is in compliance with the essential requirements and other
relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
A copy of the original declaration of conformity can be found at the
following Internet address:

(http://www.sharp.co.jp/k-tai/) (in Japanese only)

FCC Notice

This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the

manufacturer responsible for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.

Information to User

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits
of a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause
harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation; if this equipment does cause harmful
interference to radio or television reception, which can be
determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:

1. Reorient/relocate the receiving antenna.

2. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

3. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from

that to which the receiver is connected.

97

Appendix/Index

4. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for
help.

5 GHz WLAN Operation in USA

Within the 5.15-5.25 GHz band, UNII devices are restricted to
indoor operations to reduce any potential for harmful interference to
co-channel Mobile Satellite Services (MSS) operations.

FCC RF Exposure Information

Your handset is a radio transmitter and receiver.
It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits
for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal
Communications Commission of the U.S. Government.
The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by
independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough
evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial
safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons,
regardless of age and health.
The exposure standard for wireless handsets employs a unit of
measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The
SAR limit set by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg.
The tests are performed in positions and locations (e.g., at the ear
and worn on the body) as required by the FCC for each model. The
highest SAR value for this model handset when tested for use at
the ear is 0.40 W/kg and when worn on the body, as described in
this user guide, is 0.68 W/kg.
For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the
FCC RF exposure guidelines. Please use an accessory designated
for this product or an accessory which contains no metal and which
positions the handset a minimum of 1.5 cm from the body.
The use of accessories that do not satisfy these requirements may
not comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, and should be
avoided.
The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model
handset with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance
with the FCC RF emission guidelines. SAR information on this
model handset is on file with the FCC and can be found under the
Display Grant section of (http://transition.fcc.gov/oet/ea/fccid/) after
searching on FCC ID APYHRO00197.
Additional information on Specific Absorption Rates (SAR) can be
found on the FCC website at (http://www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/
radio-frequency-safety).

FCC ID Location

The FCC ID for this device can be found on the plate stowed near
the docomo mini UIM card slot.
Please pull out the plate when you want to see the FCC ID.

Export Administration Regulations

The Japan Export Administration Regulations (“Foreign
Exchange and Foreign Trade Act” and its related laws) may be
applied to this product and its accessories under certain
conditions. The Export Administration Regulations may also
be applied. To export or reexport the handset and its
accessories, conduct all legally required procedures at your
own risk and expense. For details on the procedures, contact
the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry or the US
Department of Commerce.

Intellectual Property Right

Copyrights and rights of portrait

Data with third party copyrights such as text, images, music and

software that is downloaded via Internet websites, acquired by
TV, video, etc. or shot by the handset cannot be duplicated,
altered or publicly transmitted without rightful party’s consent.
Only duplicating, quoting, etc. for personal use are permitted
under the Copyright Act.
Even if for personal use, filming and recording may be prohibited
for stage performances, shows, exhibitions, etc.
Also, shooting another’s image or posting another’s image on
Internet websites without his/her consent may constitute a
violation of one’s right to his/her image.

Registered trademarks and trademarks

“FOMA”, “dmenu”, “dmarket”, “おサイフケータイ”, “ToruCa”,

“mopera U”, “Deco-mail”, “i-appli”, “i-mode”, “iD”, “WORLD
WING”, “WORLD CALL”, “ｉコンシェル”, “sp-mode”, “Xi”, “eトリ
セツ”, “しゃべってコンシェル”, the “iD” logo and the “Xi” logo

are trademarks or registered trademarks of NTT DOCOMO, INC.

“Catch Phone (Call waiting service)” is a registered trademark of

Nippon Telegraph and Telephone Corporation.

®

Microsoft

Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its

QR code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Inc.
microSD Logo, microSDHC Logo and microSDXC Logo are

, Windows®, Windows Media®, Windows Vista® and

®

Exchange
Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

affiliates.
Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.

trademarks of SD-3C, LLC.

are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft

The handset features LCFONT, developed by Sharp

Corporation, to make the LCD easier to view and read. LCフォン
ト/LCFONT and are registered trademarks of Sharp
Corporation.

™

OBEX
a is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.

98

is a trademark of Infrared Data Association®.

Appendix/Index